*/
#$d_alarm HAS_ALARM /**/
-/* HAS_BCMP:
- * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to
- * compare blocks of memory.
+/* HAS_CBRT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cbrt() (cube root)
+ * function is available.
*/
-#$d_bcmp HAS_BCMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_BCOPY:
- * This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to
- * copy blocks of memory.
- */
-#$d_bcopy HAS_BCOPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_BZERO:
- * This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to
- * set a memory block to 0.
- */
-#$d_bzero HAS_BZERO /**/
+#$d_cbrt HAS_CBRT /**/
/* HAS_CHOWN:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is
*/
#$d_cuserid HAS_CUSERID /**/
-/* HAS_DBL_DIG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- * or <limits.h> defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number
- * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this
- * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good.
- */
-#$d_dbl_dig HAS_DBL_DIG /**/
-
/* HAS_DIFFTIME:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is
* available.
#$d_getlogin HAS_GETLOGIN /**/
/* HAS_GETPGID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
* the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the
* process group id.
*/
*/
#$d_inetaton HAS_INET_ATON /**/
-/* HAS_J0:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
- * j0() function is available for Bessel functions of the first
- * kind of the order zero.
- */
-#$d_j0 HAS_J0 /**/
-
-/* HAS_J0L:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
- * j0l() function is available for Bessel functions of the first
- * kind of the order zero, for long doubles.
- */
-#$d_j0l HAS_J0L /**/
-
/* HAS_KILLPG:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available
* to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill
*/
#$d_mbtowc HAS_MBTOWC /**/
-/* HAS_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * to compare blocks of memory.
- */
-#$d_memcmp HAS_MEMCMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy blocks of memory.
- */
-#$d_memcpy HAS_MEMCPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMMOVE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used
- * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your
- * own version.
- */
-#$d_memmove HAS_MEMMOVE /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMSET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available
- * to set blocks of memory.
- */
-#$d_memset HAS_MEMSET /**/
-
/* HAS_MKDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available
* to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to
*/
#$d_mktime HAS_MKTIME /**/
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+#$d_msg HAS_MSG /**/
+
/* HAS_MSYNC:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is
* available to synchronize a mapped file.
*/
#$d_readlink HAS_READLINK /**/
+/* HAS_REGCOMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the regcomp() routine is
+ * available to do some regular patern matching (usually on POSIX.2
+ * conforming systems).
+ */
+#$d_regcomp HAS_REGCOMP /* POSIX.2 */
+
/* HAS_RENAME:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available
* to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink()
*/
#$d_select HAS_SELECT /**/
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+#$d_sem HAS_SEM /**/
+
/* HAS_SETEGID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available
* to change the effective gid of the current program.
*/
#$d_setlinebuf HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/
-/* HAS_SETLOCALE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is
- * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations.
- */
-#$d_setlocale HAS_SETLOCALE /**/
-
/* HAS_SETPGID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid)
* routine is available to set process group ID.
*/
#$d_setsid HAS_SETSID /**/
-/* HAS_STRCHR:
- * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr()
- * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the
- * index()/rindex() pair.
- */
-/* HAS_INDEX:
- * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex()
- * functions are available for string searching.
+/* HAS_STAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the stat routine is
+ * available to get file status.
*/
-#$d_strchr HAS_STRCHR /**/
-#$d_index HAS_INDEX /**/
+#$d_stat HAS_STAT /**/
/* HAS_STRCOLL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is
* This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
* getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
* gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
+ * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
* typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
* getgroups() or setgroups()..
*/
*/
#$i_fcntl I_FCNTL /**/
-/* I_FLOAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <float.h> to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or
- * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values.
- */
-#$i_float I_FLOAT /**/
-
/* I_GDBM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm.h> exists and should
* be included.
*/
#$i_gdbm I_GDBM /**/
-/* I_LIMITS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <limits.h> to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or
- * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations.
- */
-#$i_limits I_LIMITS /**/
-
/* I_LOCALE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include <locale.h>.
*/
#$i_locale I_LOCALE /**/
-/* I_MATH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <math.h>.
- */
-#$i_math I_MATH /**/
-
-/* I_MEMORY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <memory.h>.
- */
-#$i_memory I_MEMORY /**/
-
/* I_NETINET_IN:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, you may try <sys/in.h>.
*/
#$i_niin I_NETINET_IN /**/
-/* I_STDDEF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stddef.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-#$i_stddef I_STDDEF /**/
-
-/* I_STDINT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdint.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-#$i_stdint I_STDINT /**/
-
-/* I_STDLIB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdlib.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-#$i_stdlib I_STDLIB /**/
-
-/* I_STRING:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <string.h> (USG systems) instead of <strings.h> (BSD systems).
- */
-#$i_string I_STRING /**/
-
/* I_SYS_DIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include <sys/dir.h>.
*/
#$i_utime I_UTIME /**/
-/* I_VALUES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <values.h> to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or
- * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you
- * should use <limits.h> instead, if it is available.
- */
-#$i_values I_VALUES /**/
-
/* I_VFORK:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include vfork.h.
*/
#$i_vfork I_VFORK /**/
-/* CAN_VAPROTO:
- * This variable is defined on systems supporting prototype declaration
- * of functions with a variable number of arguments.
- */
-/* _V:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters in prototypes for
- * functions with a variable number of parameters. Use double parentheses.
- * For example:
- *
- * int printf _V((char *fmt, ...));
- *
- * Remember to use the plain simple _() macro when declaring a function
- * with no variable number of arguments, since it might be possible to
- * have a non-effect _V() macro and still get prototypes via _().
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-#$vaproto CAN_VAPROTO /**/
-#ifdef CAN_VAPROTO
-#define _V(args) args
-#else
-#define _V(args) ()
-#endif
+#define STDCHAR $stdchar /**/
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* INTSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
+ * preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* LONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C
+ * preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define OSNAME "$osname" /**/
-#define OSVERS "$osvers" /**/
+/* SHORTSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C
+ * preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define INTSIZE $intsize /**/
+#define LONGSIZE $longsize /**/
+#define SHORTSIZE $shortsize /**/
/* MULTIARCH:
* This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build
*/
#$multiarch MULTIARCH /**/
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. For cross-compiling
- * or multiarch support, Configure will set a minimum of 8.
+/* HAS_QUAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
+ * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
+ * or QUAD_IS___INT64.
*/
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES $alignbytes
+#$d_quad HAS_QUAD /**/
+#ifdef HAS_QUAD
+# define Quad_t $quadtype /**/
+# define Uquad_t $uquadtype /**/
+# define QUADKIND $quadkind /**/
+# define QUAD_IS_INT 1
+# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2
+# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3
+# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4
+# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
+#endif
-/* ARCHLIB:
- * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- * library files for $package. It is most often a local directory
- * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
- * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
- * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- * program already searches PRIVLIB.
- */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_ACCESSX:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
+ * available to do extended access checks.
*/
-#$d_archlib ARCHLIB "$archlib" /**/
-#$d_archlib ARCHLIB_EXP "$archlibexp" /**/
+#$d_accessx HAS_ACCESSX /**/
-/* ARCHNAME:
- * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- * where library files may be held under a private library, for
- * instance.
+/* HAS_EACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
+ * available to do extended access checks.
*/
-#define ARCHNAME "$archname" /**/
+#$d_eaccess HAS_EACCESS /**/
-/* BIN:
- * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
- */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries
- * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define BIN "$bin" /**/
-#define BIN_EXP "$binexp" /**/
-#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "$userelocatableinc" /**/
+#$i_sysaccess I_SYS_ACCESS /**/
-/* INTSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
- * preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
- */
-/* LONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C
- * preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-/* SHORTSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C
- * preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
+#$i_syssecrt I_SYS_SECURITY /**/
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. For cross-compiling
+ * or multiarch support, Configure will set a minimum of 8.
*/
-#define INTSIZE $intsize /**/
-#define LONGSIZE $longsize /**/
-#define SHORTSIZE $shortsize /**/
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES $alignbytes
/* BYTEORDER:
* This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
*/
#define CHARBITS $charbits /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-#if $cpp_stuff == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if $cpp_stuff == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if $cpp_stuff != 1 && $cpp_stuff != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
+#$d_casti32 CASTI32 /**/
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+#$d_castneg CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS $castflags /**/
+
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define CPPSTDIN "$cppstdin"
-#define CPPMINUS "$cppminus"
-#define CPPRUN "$cpprun"
-#define CPPLAST "$cpplast"
+#$d_void_closedir VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#$d_access HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#$d_fd_set HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_ACCESSX:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
- * available to do extended access checks.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-#$d_accessx HAS_ACCESSX /**/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) $d_Gconvert
-/* HAS_ASCTIME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine
- * is available to asctime re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r.
- * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_getpagsz HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/
+
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-#$d_asctime_r HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/
-#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO $asctime_r_proto /**/
+#$d_gnulibc HAS_GNULIBC /**/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+#$d_isascii HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+#$d_lchown HAS_LCHOWN /**/
+
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+#$d_open3 HAS_OPEN3 /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+#$d_sigaction HAS_SIGACTION /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_errno member
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_pid member
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_uid member
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_addr member
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_status member
*/
-#$d_attribute_deprecated HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED /**/
-#$d_attribute_format HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/
-#$d_printf_format_null PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK /**/
-#$d_attribute_noreturn HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/
-#$d_attribute_malloc HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/
-#$d_attribute_nonnull HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/
-#$d_attribute_pure HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/
-#$d_attribute_unused HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/
-#$d_attribute_warn_unused_result HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/
-
-/* HAS_BACKTRACE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the backtrace() routine is
- * available to get a stack trace. The <execinfo.h> header must be
- * included to use this routine.
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_band member
*/
-#$d_backtrace HAS_BACKTRACE /**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
+ * si_value member
*/
-#$d_casti32 CASTI32 /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_errno HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_pid HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_uid HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_addr HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_status HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_band HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND /**/
+#$d_siginfo_si_value HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE /**/
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-#$d_castneg CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS $castflags /**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#$d_void_closedir VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/
-
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#$d_const HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
+#$d_sigsetjmp HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
#endif
-/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
- * is available to crypt re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-/* CRYPT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r.
- * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r
- * is defined.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#$d_crypt_r HAS_CRYPT_R /**/
-#define CRYPT_R_PROTO $crypt_r_proto /**/
+#$d_static_inline HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
+#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE $perl_static_inline /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#$d_csh HAS_CSH /**/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "$full_csh" /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
- * is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* CTERMID_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r.
- * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r
- * is defined.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#$d_ctermid_r HAS_CTERMID_R /**/
-#define CTERMID_R_PROTO $ctermid_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_CTIME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine
- * is available to ctime re-entrantly.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* CTIME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r.
- * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r
- * is defined.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
*/
-#$d_ctime_r HAS_CTIME_R /**/
-#define CTIME_R_PROTO $ctime_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_DLADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dladdr() routine is
- * available to query dynamic linker information for an address.
- * The <dlfcn.h> header must be included to use this routine.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
*/
-#$d_dladdr HAS_DLADDR /**/
+#$d_stdstdio USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) $stdio_ptr
+#$d_stdio_ptr_lval STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) $stdio_cnt
+#$d_stdio_cnt_lval STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+#$d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/
+#$d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
*/
-#$d_suidsafe SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/
-#$d_dosuid DOSUID /**/
-
-/* HAS_DRAND48_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine
- * is available to drand48 re-entrantly.
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
*/
-/* DRAND48_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r.
- * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r
- * is defined.
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
*/
-#$d_drand48_r HAS_DRAND48_R /**/
-#define DRAND48_R_PROTO $drand48_r_proto /**/
+#$d_stdiobase USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) $stdio_base
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) $stdio_bufsiz
+#endif
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#$d_drand48proto HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/
+#define DOUBLESIZE $doublesize /**/
-/* HAS_EACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
- * available to do extended access checks.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol is always defined, and indicates to the C program that
+ * it should include <time.h>.
*/
-#$d_eaccess HAS_EACCESS /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#$d_endgrent HAS_ENDGRENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
- * is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r.
- * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r
- * is defined.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-#$d_endgrent_r HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/
-#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO $endgrent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#$d_endhent HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/
+#$i_time I_TIME /**/
+#$i_systime I_SYS_TIME /**/
+#$i_systimek I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/
+#$d_tm_tm_zone HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/
+#$d_tm_tm_gmtoff HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
- * is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r.
- * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r
- * is defined.
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-#$d_endhostent_r HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R /**/
-#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO $endhostent_r_proto /**/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK $o_nonblock
+#define VAL_EAGAIN $eagain
+#define RD_NODATA $rd_nodata
+#$d_eofnblk EOF_NONBLOCK
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-#$d_endnent HAS_ENDNETENT /**/
+#define PTRSIZE $ptrsize /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
- * is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-/* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r.
- * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r
- * is defined.
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-#$d_endnetent_r HAS_ENDNETENT_R /**/
-#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO $endnetent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-#$d_endpent HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
- * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-/* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r.
- * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r
- * is defined.
+#define Drand01() $drand01 /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t $randseedtype /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) $seedfunc((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS $randbits /**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-#$d_endprotoent_r HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/
-#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO $endprotoent_r_proto /**/
+#define SSize_t $ssizetype /* signed count of bytes */
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#$d_endpwent HAS_ENDPWENT /**/
+#$ebcdic EBCDIC /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
- * is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ * library files for $package. It is most often a local directory
+ * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
+ * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
+ * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ * program already searches PRIVLIB.
*/
-/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r.
- * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r
- * is defined.
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-#$d_endpwent_r HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/
-#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO $endpwent_r_proto /**/
+#$d_archlib ARCHLIB "$archlib" /**/
+#$d_archlib ARCHLIB_EXP "$archlibexp" /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* BIN:
+ * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
*/
-#$d_endsent HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
- * is available to endservent re-entrantly.
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
*/
-/* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r.
- * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r
- * is defined.
+/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries
+ * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary.
*/
-#$d_endservent_r HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/
-#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO $endservent_r_proto /**/
+#define BIN "$bin" /**/
+#define BIN_EXP "$binexp" /**/
+#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "$userelocatableinc" /**/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-#$d_fd_set HAS_FD_SET /**/
+#$d_inc_version_list PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST $inc_version_list_init /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-#$d_flexfnam FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#$installusrbinperl INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) $d_Gconvert
+#$d_perl_otherlibdirs PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "$otherlibdirs" /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "$privlib" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP "$privlibexp" /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#$d_sitearch SITEARCH "$sitearch" /**/
+#$d_sitearch SITEARCH_EXP "$sitearchexp" /**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "$sitelib" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP "$sitelibexp" /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "$sitelib_stem" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#$d_vendorarch PERL_VENDORARCH "$vendorarch" /**/
+#$d_vendorarch PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "$vendorarchexp" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "$vendorlibexp" /**/
+#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "$vendorlib_stem" /**/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "$osname" /**/
+#define OSVERS "$osvers" /**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if $cpp_stuff == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if $cpp_stuff == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if $cpp_stuff != 1 && $cpp_stuff != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "$cppstdin"
+#define CPPMINUS "$cppminus"
+#define CPPRUN "$cpprun"
+#define CPPLAST "$cpplast"
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#$d_access HAS_ACCESS /**/
+
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+#$d_attribute_deprecated HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED /**/
+#$d_attribute_format HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/
+#$d_printf_format_null PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK /**/
+#$d_attribute_noreturn HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/
+#$d_attribute_malloc HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/
+#$d_attribute_nonnull HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/
+#$d_attribute_pure HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/
+#$d_attribute_unused HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/
+#$d_attribute_warn_unused_result HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/
+
+/* HAS_BACKTRACE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the backtrace() routine is
+ * available to get a stack trace. The <execinfo.h> header must be
+ * included to use this routine.
+ */
+#$d_backtrace HAS_BACKTRACE /**/
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+#$d_csh HAS_CSH /**/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "$full_csh" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_DLADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dladdr() routine is
+ * available to query dynamic linker information for an address.
+ * The <dlfcn.h> header must be included to use this routine.
+ */
+#$d_dladdr HAS_DLADDR /**/
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+#$d_suidsafe SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/
+#$d_dosuid DOSUID /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#$d_getgrent HAS_GETGRENT /**/
+#$d_endgrent HAS_ENDGRENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
- * is available to getgrent re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
*/
-/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r.
- * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_endhent HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-#$d_getgrent_r HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/
-#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO $getgrent_r_proto /**/
+#$d_endnent HAS_ENDNETENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRGID_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine
- * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
*/
-/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r.
- * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_endpent HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+#$d_endpwent HAS_ENDPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
*/
-#$d_getgrgid_r HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/
-#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO $getgrgid_r_proto /**/
+#$d_endsent HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine
- * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly.
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
*/
-/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r.
- * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_flexfnam FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#$d_getgrnam_r HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/
-#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO $getgrnam_r_proto /**/
+#$d_getgrent HAS_GETGRENT /**/
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
#define PHOSTNAME "$aphostname" /* How to get the host name */
#endif
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
- * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r.
- * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_gethostbyaddr_r HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R /**/
-#define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO $gethostbyaddr_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname_r routine
- * is available to gethostbyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r.
- * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_gethostbyname_r HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R /**/
-#define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO $gethostbyname_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent_r routine
- * is available to gethostent re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r.
- * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_gethostent_r HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/
-#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO $gethostent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#$d_gethostprotos HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
- * is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r.
- * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getlogin_r HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/
-#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO $getlogin_r_proto /**/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
* available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
*/
#$d_getnent HAS_GETNETENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
- * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r.
- * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getnetbyaddr_r HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R /**/
-#define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO $getnetbyaddr_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname_r routine
- * is available to getnetbyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r.
- * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getnetbyname_r HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R /**/
-#define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO $getnetbyname_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent_r routine
- * is available to getnetent re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETNETENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r.
- * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getnetent_r HAS_GETNETENT_R /**/
-#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO $getnetent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#$d_getnetprotos HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
- */
-#$d_getpagsz HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-#$d_getpent HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-#$d_getpgrp HAS_GETPGRP /**/
-#$d_bsdgetpgrp USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-#$d_getpbyname HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#$d_getpbynumber HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
- * is available to getprotobyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r.
- * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getprotobyname_r HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R /**/
-#define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO $getprotobyname_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber_r routine
- * is available to getprotobynumber re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r.
- * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getprotobynumber_r HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R /**/
-#define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO $getprotobynumber_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent_r routine
- * is available to getprotoent re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r.
- * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getprotoent_r HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/
-#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO $getprotoent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#$d_getprotoprotos HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-#$d_getpwent HAS_GETPWENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
- * is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r.
- * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getpwent_r HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/
-#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO $getpwent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine
- * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r.
- * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getpwnam_r HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/
-#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO $getpwnam_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWUID_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine
- * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r.
- * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getpwuid_r HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/
-#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO $getpwuid_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-#$d_getsent HAS_GETSERVENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
- * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r.
- * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_getservbyname_r HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R /**/
-#define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO $getservbyname_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport_r routine
- * is available to getservbyport re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r.
- * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r
- * is defined.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
*/
-#$d_getservbyport_r HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R /**/
-#define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO $getservbyport_r_proto /**/
+#$d_getpent HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent_r routine
- * is available to getservent re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
*/
-/* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r.
- * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r
- * is defined.
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
*/
-#$d_getservent_r HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/
-#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO $getservent_r_proto /**/
+#$d_getpgrp HAS_GETPGRP /**/
+#$d_bsdgetpgrp USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
*/
-#$d_getservprotos HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#$d_getpbyname HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#$d_getpbynumber HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
- * is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
*/
-/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r.
- * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_getpwent HAS_GETPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
*/
-#$d_getspnam_r HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/
-#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO $getspnam_r_proto /**/
+#$d_getsent HAS_GETSERVENT /**/
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
#$d_getsbyname HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
#$d_getsbyport HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
- * is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
- */
-/* GMTIME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r.
- * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r
- * is defined.
- */
-#$d_gmtime_r HAS_GMTIME_R /**/
-#define GMTIME_R_PROTO $gmtime_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-#$d_gnulibc HAS_GNULIBC /**/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
/* HAS_HTONL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
* friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHL /**/
#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHS /**/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles. Note that this
+ * is sizeof(long double), which may include unused bytes.
+ */
+/* HAS_LDEXPL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ldexpl routine is
+ * available to shift a long double floating-point number
+ * by an integral power of 2.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLEKIND:
+ * LONG_DOUBLEKIND will be one of
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_BE
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_LE
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_VAX_H_FLOAT
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT
+ * It is only defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double
+ * is any of the IEEE 754 style long doubles:
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD, LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED,
+ * LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
+ * the 128-bit double-double.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
+ * the 80-bit IEEE 754. Note that despite the 'extended' this
+ * is less than the 'std', since this is an extension of
+ * the double precision.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
+ * the 128-bit IEEE 754.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
+ * the 128-bit VAX format H.
+ */
+#$d_ldexpl HAS_LDEXPL /**/
+#$d_longdbl HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE $longdblsize /**/
+#define LONG_DOUBLEKIND $longdblkind /**/
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE 0
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 2
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 4
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE 5
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE 6
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_BE 7
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_LE 8
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_VAX_H_FLOAT 9
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -1
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE /* back-compat */
+#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE /* back-compat */
+#$d_long_double_style_ieee LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE
+#$d_long_double_style_ieee_doubledouble LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE
+#$d_long_double_style_ieee_extended LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED
+#$d_long_double_style_ieee_std LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD
+#$d_long_double_style_vax LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#$d_longlong HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE $longlongsize /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+#$d_mkstemp HAS_MKSTEMP /**/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+#$d_mmap HAS_MMAP /**/
+#define Mmap_t $mmaptype /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+#$d_setgrent HAS_SETGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#$d_sethent HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#$d_setnent HAS_SETNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#$d_setpent HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+#$d_setpgrp HAS_SETPGRP /**/
+#$d_bsdsetpgrp USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+#$d_setpwent HAS_SETPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#$d_setsent HAS_SETSERVENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+#$d_setvbuf HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+#$d_shm HAS_SHM /**/
+
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
+ */
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+ */
+#define Shmat_t $shmattype /**/
+#$d_shmatprototype HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
+ * struct sockaddr_in6;
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
+/* HAS_IP_MREQ:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
+ * struct ip_mreq;
+ */
+/* HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
+ * struct ip_mreq_source;
+ */
+/* HAS_IPV6_MREQ:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
+ * struct ipv6_mreq;
*/
-#$d_isascii HAS_ISASCII /**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
+ * struct ipv6_mreq_source;
*/
-#$d_lchown HAS_LCHOWN /**/
+#$d_socket HAS_SOCKET /**/
+#$d_sockpair HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/
+#$d_sockaddr_sa_len HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN /**/
+#$d_sockaddr_in6 HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6 /**/
+#$d_sin6_scope_id HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
+#$d_ip_mreq HAS_IP_MREQ /**/
+#$d_ip_mreq_source HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE /**/
+#$d_ipv6_mreq HAS_IPV6_MREQ /**/
+#$d_ipv6_mreq_source HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE /**/
-/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
- * is available to localtime re-entrantly.
- */
-/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET:
- * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset,
- * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone
- * changes using \$ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset
- * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
*/
-#$d_localtime_r_needs_tzset LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/
-#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET
-#define L_R_TZSET tzset(),
-#else
-#define L_R_TZSET
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+#$d_statblks USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/
#endif
-/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r.
- * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r
- * is defined.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
*/
-#$d_localtime_r HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/
-#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO $localtime_r_proto /**/
+#$d_syserrlst HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
*/
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+#$d_strtoul HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
*/
-/* HAS_LDEXPL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ldexpl routine is
- * available to shift a long double floating-point number
- * by an integral power of 2.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* LONG_DOUBLEKIND:
- * LONG_DOUBLEKIND will be one of
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
- * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT
- * It is only defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-#$d_ldexpl HAS_LDEXPL /**/
-#$d_longdbl HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE $longdblsize /**/
-#define LONG_DOUBLEKIND $longdblkind /**/
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE 0
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 2
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 4
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 5
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 6
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -1
-#endif
+#$d_union_semun HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+#$d_semctl_semun USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/
+#$d_semctl_semid_ds USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
*/
-#$d_longlong HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE $longlongsize /**/
-#endif
+#$d_vfork HAS_VFORK /**/
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
*/
-#$d_lseekproto HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+#$d_pseudofork HAS_PSEUDOFORK /**/
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
*/
-#$d_memchr HAS_MEMCHR /**/
+#define Signal_t $signal_t /* Signal handler's return type */
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
+/* I_DIRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-#$d_mkstemp HAS_MKSTEMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
*/
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
*/
-#$d_mmap HAS_MMAP /**/
-#define Mmap_t $mmaptype /**/
+#$i_dirent I_DIRENT /**/
+#$d_dirnamlen DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t $direntrytype
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* I_EXECINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <execinfo.h> for backtrace() support.
*/
-#$d_msg HAS_MSG /**/
+#$i_execinfo I_EXECINFO /**/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
*/
-#$d_open3 HAS_OPEN3 /**/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
*/
-#$d_old_pthread_create_joinable OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE $old_pthread_create_joinable /**/
+#$i_grp I_GRP /**/
+#$d_grpasswd GRPASSWD /**/
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available to setup fork handlers.
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-#$d_pthread_atfork HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
*/
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
- * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
*/
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-#$d_pthread_yield HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/
-#define SCHED_YIELD $sched_yield /**/
-#$d_sched_yield HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+#$i_ndbm I_NDBM /**/
+#$i_gdbmndbm I_GDBMNDBM /**/
+#$i_gdbm_ndbm I_GDBM_NDBM /**/
+#$d_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES /**/
+#$d_gdbmndbm_h_uses_prototypes GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES /**/
+#$d_gdbm_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES /**/
-/* HAS_RANDOM_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine
- * is available to random re-entrantly.
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-/* RANDOM_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r.
- * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r
- * is defined.
+#$i_netdb I_NETDB /**/
+
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_random_r HAS_RANDOM_R /**/
-#define RANDOM_R_PROTO $random_r_proto /**/
+#$i_neterrno I_NET_ERRNO /**/
-/* HAS_READDIR64_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine
- * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly.
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
*/
-/* READDIR64_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r.
- * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r
- * is defined.
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
*/
-#$d_readdir64_r HAS_READDIR64_R /**/
-#define READDIR64_R_PROTO $readdir64_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_READDIR_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine
- * is available to readdir re-entrantly.
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
*/
-/* READDIR_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r.
- * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r
- * is defined.
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
*/
-#$d_readdir_r HAS_READDIR_R /**/
-#define READDIR_R_PROTO $readdir_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
*/
-#$d_safebcpy HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
*/
-#$d_safemcpy HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
*/
-#$d_sanemcmp HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
*/
-#$d_sem HAS_SEM /**/
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+#$i_pwd I_PWD /**/
+#$d_pwquota PWQUOTA /**/
+#$d_pwage PWAGE /**/
+#$d_pwchange PWCHANGE /**/
+#$d_pwclass PWCLASS /**/
+#$d_pwexpire PWEXPIRE /**/
+#$d_pwcomment PWCOMMENT /**/
+#$d_pwgecos PWGECOS /**/
+#$d_pwpasswd PWPASSWD /**/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_setgrent HAS_SETGRENT /**/
+#$i_sysuio I_SYSUIO /**/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
- * is available to setgrent re-entrantly.
+/* I_TERMIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
+ * <termio.h> rather than <sgtty.h>. There are also differences in
+ * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
*/
-/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r.
- * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r
- * is defined.
+/* I_TERMIOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
+ * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h.
+ * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the
+ * value of this symbol.
*/
-#$d_setgrent_r HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/
-#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO $setgrent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
+/* I_SGTTY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
+ * <sgtty.h> rather than <termio.h>. There are also differences in
+ * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
*/
-#$d_sethent HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/
+#$i_termio I_TERMIO /**/
+#$i_termios I_TERMIOS /**/
+#$i_sgtty I_SGTTY /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
- * is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-/* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r.
- * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r
- * is defined.
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
*/
-#$d_sethostent_r HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/
-#define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO $sethostent_r_proto /**/
+#define Malloc_t $malloctype /**/
+#define Free_t $freetype /**/
-/* HAS_SETLOCALE_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine
- * is available to setlocale re-entrantly.
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
*/
-/* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r.
- * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r
- * is defined.
+#$usemallocwrap PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
*/
-#$d_setlocale_r HAS_SETLOCALE_R /**/
-#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO $setlocale_r_proto /**/
+#$d_mymalloc MYMALLOC /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
*/
-#$d_setnent HAS_SETNETENT /**/
+#define SH_PATH "$targetsh" /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
- * is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
*/
-/* SETNETENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r.
- * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r
- * is defined.
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
*/
-#$d_setnetent_r HAS_SETNETENT_R /**/
-#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO $setnetent_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-#$d_setpent HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/
+#define SIG_NAME $sig_name_init /**/
+#define SIG_NUM $sig_num_init /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE $sig_size /**/
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#$d_setpgrp HAS_SETPGRP /**/
-#$d_bsdsetpgrp USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+#$usecrosscompile USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "$targetarch" /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
- * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
+/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
+ * -Dusedevel, to enable development features. This should not be
+ * done for production builds.
*/
-/* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r.
- * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r
- * is defined.
+#$usedevel PERL_USE_DEVEL /**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long doubles.
*/
-#$d_setprotoent_r HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/
-#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO $setprotoent_r_proto /**/
+#$d_atolf HAS_ATOLF /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long longs.
*/
-#$d_setpwent HAS_SETPWENT /**/
+#$d_atoll HAS_ATOLL /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
- * is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
+/* HAS__FWALK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
+ * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
*/
-/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r.
- * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r
- * is defined.
+#$d__fwalk HAS__FWALK /**/
+
+/* HAS_ACCEPT4:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accept4 routine is
+ * available to accept socket connections.
*/
-#$d_setpwent_r HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/
-#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO $setpwent_r_proto /**/
+#$d_accept4 HAS_ACCEPT4 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
+/* HAS_ACOSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the acosh routine is
+ * available to do the inverse hyperbolic cosine function.
*/
-#$d_setsent HAS_SETSERVENT /**/
+#$d_acosh HAS_ACOSH /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
- * is available to setservent re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r.
- * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r
- * is defined.
+/* HAS_AINTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is
+ * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl.
*/
-#$d_setservent_r HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/
-#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO $setservent_r_proto /**/
+#$d_aintl HAS_AINTL /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
+/* HAS_ASINH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asinh routine is
+ * available to do the inverse hyperbolic sine function.
*/
-#$d_setvbuf HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+#$d_asinh HAS_ASINH /**/
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_ATANH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atanh routine is
+ * available to do the inverse hyperbolic tangent function.
*/
-#$d_shm HAS_SHM /**/
+#$d_atanh HAS_ATANH /**/
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
+/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR:
+ * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions
*/
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT:
+ * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more
+ * likely
*/
-#define Shmat_t $shmattype /**/
-#$d_shmatprototype HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#$d_builtin_expect HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT /**/
+#$d_builtin_choose_expr HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the compiler supports
+ * __builtin_add_overflow for adding integers with overflow checks.
*/
-#$d_sigaction HAS_SIGACTION /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_BUILTIN_SUB_OVERFLOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the compiler supports
+ * __builtin_sub_overflow for subtracting integers with overflow checks.
*/
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the compiler supports
+ * __builtin_mul_overflow for multiplying integers with overflow checks.
*/
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+#$d_builtin_add_overflow HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW /**/
+#$d_builtin_sub_overflow HAS_BUILTIN_SUB_OVERFLOW /**/
+#$d_builtin_mul_overflow HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW /**/
+
+/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS:
+ * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+#$d_c99_variadic_macros HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/
+
+/* HAS_CLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
+ * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
+ * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
+ * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
+ * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
+ * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
*/
-#$d_sigsetjmp HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+#$d_class HAS_CLASS /**/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_CLEARENV:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is
+ * available for use.
*/
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
+#$d_clearenv HAS_CLEARENV /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
+ * is supported.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#$d_cmsghdr_s HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_COPYSIGN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysign routine is
+ * available to do the copysign function.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#$d_copysign HAS_COPYSIGN /**/
+
+/* HAS_COPYSIGNL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is
+ * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#$d_copysignl HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/
+
+/* USE_CPLUSPLUS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was
+ * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#$d_cplusplus USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/
+
+/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int dbminit(char *);
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#$d_dbminitproto HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream
+ * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#$d_dir_dd_fd HAS_DIR_DD_FD /**/
+
+/* HAS_DIRFD:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
- * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
- * the structure.
+#$d_dirfd HAS_DIRFD /**/
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
+ * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
*/
-/* HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
- * struct sockaddr_in6;
+#$d_dlsymun DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/
+
+/* HAS_DUP3:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup3 routine is
+ * available to duplicate file descriptors.
*/
-/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
- * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+#$d_dup3 HAS_DUP3 /**/
+
+/* HAS_ERF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the erf routine is
+ * available to do the error function.
*/
-/* HAS_IP_MREQ:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
- * struct ip_mreq;
+#$d_erf HAS_ERF /**/
+
+/* HAS_ERFC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the erfc routine is
+ * available to do the complementary error function.
*/
-/* HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
- * struct ip_mreq_source;
+#$d_erfc HAS_ERFC /**/
+
+/* HAS_EXP2:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the exp2 routine is
+ * available to do the 2**x function.
*/
-/* HAS_IPV6_MREQ:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
- * struct ipv6_mreq;
+#$d_exp2 HAS_EXP2 /**/
+
+/* HAS_EXPM1:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the expm1 routine is
+ * available to do the exp(x) - 1 when x is near 1 function.
*/
-/* HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
- * struct ipv6_mreq_source;
+#$d_expm1 HAS_EXPM1 /**/
+
+/* HAS_FAST_STDIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio"
+ * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly.
*/
-#$d_socket HAS_SOCKET /**/
-#$d_sockpair HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/
-#$d_sockaddr_sa_len HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN /**/
-#$d_msg_ctrunc HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/
-#$d_msg_dontroute HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/
-#$d_msg_oob HAS_MSG_OOB /**/
-#$d_msg_peek HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/
-#$d_msg_proxy HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/
-#$d_scm_rights HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/
-#$d_sockaddr_in6 HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6 /**/
-#$d_sin6_scope_id HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
-#$d_ip_mreq HAS_IP_MREQ /**/
-#$d_ip_mreq_source HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE /**/
-#$d_ipv6_mreq HAS_IPV6_MREQ /**/
-#$d_ipv6_mreq_source HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE /**/
+#$d_faststdio HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- * is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_FCHDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
+ * available to change directory using a file descriptor.
*/
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_fchdir HAS_FCHDIR /**/
+
+/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used
+ * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined.
+ * It may be undefined on VMS.
*/
-#$d_srand48_r HAS_SRAND48_R /**/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO $srand48_r_proto /**/
+#$d_fcntl_can_lock FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- * is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_FDCLOSE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fdclose routine is
+ * available to free a FILE structure without closing the underlying
+ * file descriptor. This function appeared in FreeBSD 10.2.
*/
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_fdclose HAS_FDCLOSE /**/
+
+/* HAS_FDIM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fdim routine is
+ * available to do the positive difference function.
*/
-#$d_srandom_r HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO $srandom_r_proto /**/
+#$d_fdim HAS_FDIM /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* HAS_FEGETROUND:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fegetround routine is
+ * available to return the macro corresponding to the current rounding
+ * mode.
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-#$d_statblks USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/
-#endif
+#$d_fegetround HAS_FEGETROUND /**/
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* HAS_FINITE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
+ * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+#$d_finite HAS_FINITE /**/
+
+/* HAS_FINITEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is finite
+ * (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
-#$d_static_inline HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
-#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE $perl_static_inline /**/
+#$d_finitel HAS_FINITEL /**/
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int flock(int, int);
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+#$d_flockproto HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_FMA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fma routine is
+ * available to do the multiply-add function.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+#$d_fma HAS_FMA /**/
+
+/* HAS_FMAX:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fmax routine is
+ * available to do the maximum function.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+#$d_fmax HAS_FMAX /**/
+
+/* HAS_FMIN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fmin routine is
+ * available to do the minimum function.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+#$d_fmin HAS_FMIN /**/
+
+/* HAS_FP_CLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number)
+ * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number)
+ * FP_POS_INF +infinity
+ * FP_NEG_INF -infinity
+ * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized
+ * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized
+ * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized
+ * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized
+ * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero)
+ * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero)
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+#$d_fp_class HAS_FP_CLASS /**/
+
+/* HAS_FP_CLASSL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classl routine is
+ * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in
+ * Digital UNIX. See for possible values HAS_FP_CLASS.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+#$d_fp_classl HAS_FP_CLASSL /**/
+
+/* HAS_FPCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4.
+ * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
+ * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
+ * FP_NINF negative infinity
+ * FP_PINF positive infinity
+ * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_NZERO negative zero
+ * FP_PZERO positive zero
+ * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
+ * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
*/
-#$d_stdstdio USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) $stdio_ptr
-#$d_stdio_ptr_lval STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) $stdio_cnt
-#$d_stdio_cnt_lval STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-#$d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/
-#$d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
+#$d_fpclass HAS_FPCLASS /**/
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are
+ *
+ * FP_NORMAL Normalized
+ * FP_ZERO Zero
+ * FP_INFINITE Infinity
+ * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized
+ * FP_NAN NaN
+ *
*/
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_FP_CLASSIFY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classify routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. The values are defined in <math.h>
+ *
+ * FP_NORMAL Normalized
+ * FP_ZERO Zero
+ * FP_INFINITE Infinity
+ * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized
+ * FP_NAN NaN
+ *
*/
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+#$d_fpclassify HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/
+#$d_fp_classify HAS_FP_CLASSIFY /**/
+
+/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
+ * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
+ * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
+ * FP_NINF negative infinity
+ * FP_PINF positive infinity
+ * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_NZERO negative zero
+ * FP_PZERO positive zero
+ * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
+ * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
*/
-#$d_stdiobase USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) $stdio_base
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) $stdio_bufsiz
-#endif
+#$d_fpclassl HAS_FPCLASSL /**/
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* HAS_FPGETROUND:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpgetround routine is
+ * available to get the floating point rounding mode.
*/
-#$d_strctcpy USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
+#$d_fpgetround HAS_FPGETROUND /**/
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* HAS_FPOS64_T:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+#$d_fpos64_t HAS_FPOS64_T /**/
+
+/* HAS_FREXPL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is
+ * available to break a long double floating-point number into
+ * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+#$d_frexpl HAS_FREXPL /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
+ * to do statfs() is supported.
*/
-#$d_strerror HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#$d_syserrlst HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) $d_strerrm
+#$d_fs_data_s HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- * is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_FCHMODAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the fchmodat() routine is available.
*/
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- * is defined.
+/* HAS_LINKAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the linkat() routine is available.
*/
-#$d_strerror_r HAS_STRERROR_R /**/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO $strerror_r_proto /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
+/* HAS_OPENAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the openat() routine is available.
*/
-#$d_strtoul HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+/* HAS_RENAMEAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the renameat() routine is available.
*/
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
+/* HAS_UNLINKAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the unlinkat() routine is available.
*/
-#$d_time HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t $timetype /* Time type */
+#$d_fchmodat HAS_FCHMODAT /**/
+#$d_linkat HAS_LINKAT /**/
+#$d_openat HAS_OPENAT /**/
+#$d_renameat HAS_RENAMEAT /**/
+#$d_unlinkat HAS_UNLINKAT /**/
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+/* HAS_FSEEKO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
+ * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
*/
-#$d_times HAS_TIMES /**/
+#$d_fseeko HAS_FSEEKO /**/
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_FSTATFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
+ * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
*/
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_fstatfs HAS_FSTATFS /**/
+
+/* HAS_FSYNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
+ * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
+ * permanent storage.
*/
-#$d_tmpnam_r HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO $tmpnam_r_proto /**/
+#$d_fsync HAS_FSYNC /**/
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- * is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
*/
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- * is defined.
+#$d_ftello HAS_FTELLO /**/
+
+/* HAS_FUTIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is
+ * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals.
*/
-#$d_ttyname_r HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO $ttyname_r_proto /**/
+#$d_futimes HAS_FUTIMES /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
+/* HAS_GAI_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gai_strerror routine
+ * is available to translate error codes returned by getaddrinfo()
+ * into human readable strings.
*/
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+#$d_gai_strerror HAS_GAI_STRERROR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETADDRINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getaddrinfo() function
+ * is available for use.
*/
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+#$d_getaddrinfo HAS_GETADDRINFO /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETCWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
+ * available to get the current working directory.
*/
-#$d_union_semun HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-#$d_semctl_semun USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/
-#$d_semctl_semid_ds USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/
+#$d_getcwd HAS_GETCWD /**/
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
-#$d_vfork HAS_VFORK /**/
+#$d_getespwnam HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* HAS_GETFSSTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is
+ * available to stat filesystems in bulk.
*/
-#$d_pseudofork HAS_PSEUDOFORK /**/
+#$d_getfsstat HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* HAS_GETITIMER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
+ * available to return interval timers.
+ */
+#$d_getitimer HAS_GETITIMER /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETMNT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
+ * available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
*/
-#define Signal_t $signal_t /* Signal handler's return type */
+#$d_getmnt HAS_GETMNT /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
+ * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
*/
-#$d_volatile HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+#$d_getmntent HAS_GETMNTENT /**/
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/* HAS_GETNAMEINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnameinfo() function
+ * is available for use.
*/
-#$d_vprintf HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-#$d_charvspr USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/
+#$d_getnameinfo HAS_GETNAMEINFO /**/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
+ * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE $doublesize /**/
+#$d_getprpwnam HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
+ * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
*/
-#$ebcdic EBCDIC /**/
+#$d_getspnam HAS_GETSPNAM /**/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
+ * available to query the mount options of file systems.
*/
-#define Fpos_t $fpostype /* File position type */
+#$d_hasmntopt HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* HAS_HYPOT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hypot routine is
+ * available to do the hypotenuse function.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f $gidformat /**/
+#$d_hypot HAS_HYPOT /**/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedness of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* HAS_ILOGB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogb routine is
+ * available to get integer exponent of a floating-point value.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign $gidsign /* GID sign */
+#$d_ilogb HAS_ILOGB /**/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_ILOGBL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is
+ * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size $gidsize /* GID size */
+#$d_ilogbl HAS_ILOGBL /**/
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_INETNTOP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_ntop() function
+ * is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings.
*/
-#define Gid_t $gidtype /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+#$d_inetntop HAS_INETNTOP /**/
-/* I_DIRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
- */
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
- */
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_INETPTON:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_pton() function
+ * is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings.
*/
-#$i_dirent I_DIRENT /**/
-#$d_dirnamlen DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t $direntrytype
+#$d_inetpton HAS_INETPTON /**/
-/* I_EXECINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <execinfo.h> for backtrace() support.
+/* HAS_INT64_T:
+ * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
+ * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
+ * <sys/types.h> is enough.
*/
-#$i_execinfo I_EXECINFO /**/
+#$d_int64_t HAS_INT64_T /**/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* HAS_ISBLANK:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isblank
+ * is available.
*/
-#$i_grp I_GRP /**/
-#$d_grpasswd GRPASSWD /**/
+#$d_isblank HAS_ISBLANK /**/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* HAS_ISFINITE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
+ * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
-#$i_machcthr I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/
+#$d_isfinite HAS_ISFINITE /**/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
- */
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
- */
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+/* HAS_ISFINITEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinitel routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is finite.
+ * (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
-#$i_ndbm I_NDBM /**/
-#$i_gdbmndbm I_GDBMNDBM /**/
-#$i_gdbm_ndbm I_GDBM_NDBM /**/
-#$d_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES /**/
-#$d_gdbmndbm_h_uses_prototypes GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES /**/
-#$d_gdbm_ndbm_h_uses_prototypes GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES /**/
+#$d_isfinitel HAS_ISFINITEL /**/
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_ISINF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is
+ * available to check whether a double is an infinity.
*/
-#$i_netdb I_NETDB /**/
+#$d_isinf HAS_ISINF /**/
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_ISINFL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinfl routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is an infinity.
*/
-#$i_neterrno I_NET_ERRNO /**/
+#$d_isinfl HAS_ISINFL /**/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
+/* HAS_ISLESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isless routine is
+ * available to do the isless function.
*/
-#$i_pthread I_PTHREAD /**/
+#$d_isless HAS_ISLESS /**/
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
+/* HAS_ISNAN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is
+ * available to check whether a double is a NaN.
*/
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
+#$d_isnan HAS_ISNAN /**/
+
+/* HAS_ISNANL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
*/
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
+#$d_isnanl HAS_ISNANL /**/
+
+/* HAS_ISNORMAL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnormal routine is
+ * available to check whether a double is normal (non-zero normalized).
*/
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
+#$d_isnormal HAS_ISNORMAL /**/
+
+/* HAS_J0:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
+ * j0() function is available for Bessel functions of the first
+ * kind of the order zero, for doubles.
*/
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
+/* HAS_J0L:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
+ * j0l() function is available for Bessel functions of the first
+ * kind of the order zero, for long doubles.
*/
-#$i_pwd I_PWD /**/
-#$d_pwquota PWQUOTA /**/
-#$d_pwage PWAGE /**/
-#$d_pwchange PWCHANGE /**/
-#$d_pwclass PWCLASS /**/
-#$d_pwexpire PWEXPIRE /**/
-#$d_pwcomment PWCOMMENT /**/
-#$d_pwgecos PWGECOS /**/
-#$d_pwpasswd PWPASSWD /**/
+#$d_j0 HAS_J0 /**/
+#$d_j0l HAS_J0L /**/
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
+/* HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is
+ * available and has the additional members added in POSIX 1003.1-2008.
*/
-#$i_sysaccess I_SYS_ACCESS /**/
+#$d_lc_monetary_2008 HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008 /**/
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
*/
-#$i_syssecrt I_SYS_SECURITY /**/
+#$d_ldbl_dig HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_LGAMMA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lgamma routine is
+ * available to do the log gamma function. See also HAS_TGAMMA and
+ * HAS_LGAMMA_R.
*/
-#$i_sysuio I_SYSUIO /**/
+#$d_lgamma HAS_LGAMMA /**/
-/* I_TERMIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
- * <termio.h> rather than <sgtty.h>. There are also differences in
- * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
- */
-/* I_TERMIOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
- * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h.
- * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the
- * value of this symbol.
+/* HAS_LGAMMA_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lgamma_r routine is
+ * available to do the log gamma function without using the global
+ * signgam variable.
*/
-/* I_SGTTY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
- * <sgtty.h> rather than <termio.h>. There are also differences in
- * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
+#$d_lgamma_r HAS_LGAMMA_R /**/
+
+/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION
+ * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it.
*/
-#$i_termio I_TERMIO /**/
-#$i_termios I_TERMIOS /**/
-#$i_sgtty I_SGTTY /**/
+#$d_libm_lib_version LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+/* HAS_LLRINT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llrint routine is
+ * available to return the long long value closest to a double
+ * (according to the current rounding mode).
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+#$d_llrint HAS_LLRINT /**/
+
+/* HAS_LLRINTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llrintl routine is
+ * available to return the long long value closest to a long double
+ * (according to the current rounding mode).
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+#$d_llrintl HAS_LLRINTL /**/
+
+/* HAS_LLROUND:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llround routine is
+ * available to return the nearest long long value.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+#$d_llround HAS_LLROUND /**/
+
+/* HAS_LLROUNDL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llroundl routine is
+ * available to return the nearest long long value away from zero of
+ * the long double argument value.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+#$d_llroundl HAS_LLROUNDL /**/
+
+/* HAS_LOG1P:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the log1p routine is
+ * available to do the logarithm of 1 plus argument function.
*/
-#$i_time I_TIME /**/
-#$i_systime I_SYS_TIME /**/
-#$i_systimek I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/
-#$d_tm_tm_zone HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/
-#$d_tm_tm_gmtoff HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/
+#$d_log1p HAS_LOG1P /**/
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* HAS_LOG2:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the log2 routine is
+ * available to do the log2 function.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+#$d_log2 HAS_LOG2 /**/
+
+/* HAS_LOGB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the logb routine is
+ * available to do the logb function.
*/
-#$i_stdarg I_STDARG /**/
-#$i_varargs I_VARARGS /**/
+#$d_logb HAS_LOGB /**/
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+/* HAS_LRINT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lrint routine is
+ * available to return the integral value closest to a double
+ * (according to the current rounding mode).
*/
-#$d_inc_version_list PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST $inc_version_list_init /**/
+#$d_lrint HAS_LRINT /**/
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* HAS_LRINTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lrintl routine is
+ * available to return the integral value closest to a long double
+ * (according to the current rounding mode).
*/
-#$installusrbinperl INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/
+#$d_lrintl HAS_LRINTL /**/
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_LROUND:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lround routine is
+ * available to return the nearest integral value.
*/
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+#$d_lround HAS_LROUND /**/
+
+/* HAS_LROUNDL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lroundl routine is
+ * available to return the nearest integral value away from zero of
+ * the long double argument value.
*/
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+#$d_lroundl HAS_LROUNDL /**/
+
+/* HAS_MADVISE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
*/
-#define Off_t $lseektype /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE $lseeksize /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size $lseeksize /* <offset> size */
+#$d_madvise HAS_MADVISE /**/
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
+/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size
+ * routine is available for use.
*/
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+#$d_malloc_size HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/
+
+/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size
+ * routine is available for use.
*/
-#define Malloc_t $malloctype /**/
-#define Free_t $freetype /**/
+#$d_malloc_good_size HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+/* HAS_MEMMEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmem routine is
+ * available to return a pointer to the start of the first occurance
+ * of a substring in a memory area (or NULL if not found).
+ * In glibc, memmem is a GNU extension. The function is visible in
+ * libc, but the prototype is only visible if _GNU_SOURCE is #defined.
+ * Thus we only define this if both the prototype and symbol are found.
*/
-#$usemallocwrap PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+#$d_memmem HAS_MEMMEM /**/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* HAS_MEMRCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memrchr routine is
+ * available to return a pointer to the last occurrence of a byte in
+ * a memory area (or NULL if not found).
*/
-#$d_mymalloc MYMALLOC /**/
+#$d_memrchr HAS_MEMRCHR /**/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_MKDTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
*/
-#define Mode_t $modetype /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+#$d_mkdtemp HAS_MKDTEMP /**/
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* HAS_MKOSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkostemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a
+ * suffix) temporary file.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+#$d_mkostemp HAS_MKOSTEMP /**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+#$d_mkstemps HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/
+
+/* HAS_MODFL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
+ * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
+ * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK $o_nonblock
-#define VAL_EAGAIN $eagain
-#define RD_NODATA $rd_nodata
-#$d_eofnblk EOF_NONBLOCK
+#$d_modfl HAS_MODFL /**/
+#$d_modflproto HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* HAS_MPROTECT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is
+ * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file.
*/
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+#$d_mprotect HAS_MPROTECT /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
+ * is supported.
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+#$d_msghdr_s HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_NAN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nan routine is
+ * available to generate NaN.
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+#$d_nan HAS_NAN /**/
+
+/* HAS_NANOSLEEP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep
+ * system call is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy.
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t $netdb_host_type /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t $netdb_hlen_type /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t $netdb_name_type /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t $netdb_net_type /**/
+#$d_nanosleep HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
+/* HAS_NEARBYINT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nearbyint routine is
+ * available to return the integral value closest to (according to
+ * the current rounding mode) to x.
*/
-#$d_perl_otherlibdirs PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "$otherlibdirs" /**/
+#$d_nearbyint HAS_NEARBYINT /**/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_NEWLOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the newlocale routine is
+ * available to return a new locale object or modify an existing
+ * locale object.
*/
-#define Pid_t $pidtype /* PID type */
+/* HAS_FREELOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the freelocale routine is
+ * available to deallocates the resources associated with a locale object.
+ */
+/* HAS_USELOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the uselocale routine is
+ * available to set the current locale for the calling thread.
+ */
+/* HAS_DUPLOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the duplocale routine is
+ * available to duplicate a locale object.
+ */
+/* HAS_QUERYLOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the querylocale routine is
+ * available to return the name of the locale for a category mask.
+ */
+/* I_XLOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <xlocale.h> to get uselocale() and its friends.
+ */
+#$d_newlocale HAS_NEWLOCALE /**/
+#$d_freelocale HAS_FREELOCALE /**/
+#$d_uselocale HAS_USELOCALE /**/
+#$d_duplocale HAS_DUPLOCALE /**/
+#$d_querylocale HAS_QUERYLOCALE /**/
+#$i_xlocale I_XLOCALE /**/
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* HAS_NEXTAFTER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nextafter routine is
+ * available to return the next machine representable double from
+ * x in direction y.
*/
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#$d_nextafter HAS_NEXTAFTER /**/
+
+/* HAS_NEXTTOWARD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nexttoward routine is
+ * available to return the next machine representable long double from
+ * x in direction y.
*/
-#define PRIVLIB "$privlib" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP "$privlibexp" /**/
+#$d_nexttoward HAS_NEXTTOWARD /**/
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
+/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
+ * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
+ * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
*/
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+#$d_nl_langinfo HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/
+
+/* HAS_OFF64_T:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
*/
-#$prototype CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
-#endif
+#$d_off64_t HAS_OFF64_T /**/
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* HAS_PIPE2:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe2 routine is
+ * available to create an inter-process channel.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE $ptrsize /**/
+#$d_pipe2 HAS_PIPE2 /**/
-/* HAS_QUAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
- * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
- * or QUAD_IS___INT64.
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ * Note that there are at least two prctl variants: Linux and Irix.
+ * While they are somewhat similar, they are incompatible.
*/
-#$d_quad HAS_QUAD /**/
-#ifdef HAS_QUAD
-# define Quad_t $quadtype /**/
-# define Uquad_t $uquadtype /**/
-# define QUADKIND $quadkind /**/
-# define QUAD_IS_INT 1
-# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2
-# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3
-# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4
-# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+#$d_prctl HAS_PRCTL /**/
+#$d_prctl_set_name HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
+ * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
+ * to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
+ */
+/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH:
+ * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename
+ * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of
+ * the executing program.
+ */
+#$d_procselfexe HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/
+#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH)
+#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH $procselfexe /**/
#endif
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope
+ * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of
+ * a thread attribute object.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+#$d_pthread_attr_setscope HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE /**/
+
+/* HAS_PTRDIFF_T:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+#$d_ptrdiff_t HAS_PTRDIFF_T /**/
+
+/* HAS_READV:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
+ * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h>
+ * and there I_SYSUIO.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+#$d_readv HAS_READV /**/
+
+/* HAS_RECVMSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is
+ * available to send structured socket messages.
*/
-#define Drand01() $drand01 /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t $randseedtype /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) $seedfunc((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS $randbits /**/
+#$d_recvmsg HAS_RECVMSG /**/
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* HAS_REMAINDER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the remainder routine is
+ * available to return the floating-point remainder.
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t $selecttype /**/
+#$d_remainder HAS_REMAINDER /**/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* HAS_REMQUO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the remquo routine is
+ * available to return the remainder and part of quotient.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "$targetsh" /**/
+#$d_remquo HAS_REMQUO /**/
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+/* HAS_RINT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rint routine is
+ * available to return the nearest integral value to x as double
+ * using the current rounding mode.
*/
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+#$d_rint HAS_RINT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ROUND:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the round routine is
+ * available to round to nearest integer, away from zero.
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+#$d_round HAS_ROUND /**/
+
+/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern void* sbrk(int);
+ * extern void* sbrk(size_t);
*/
-#define SIG_NAME $sig_name_init /**/
-#define SIG_NUM $sig_num_init /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE $sig_size /**/
+#$d_sbrkproto HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SCALBN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbn routine is
+ * available to multiply floating-point number by integral power
+ * of radix.
*/
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#$d_scalbn HAS_SCALBN /**/
+
+/* HAS_SCALBNL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is
+ * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
*/
-#$d_sitearch SITEARCH "$sitearch" /**/
-#$d_sitearch SITEARCH_EXP "$sitearchexp" /**/
+#$d_scalbnl HAS_SCALBNL /**/
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SENDMSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
+ * available to send structured socket messages.
*/
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#$d_sendmsg HAS_SENDMSG /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETITIMER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
+ * available to set interval timers.
*/
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+#$d_setitimer HAS_SETITIMER /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETLOCALE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is
+ * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations.
*/
-#define SITELIB "$sitelib" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP "$sitelibexp" /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "$sitelib_stem" /**/
+/* SETLOCALE_ACCEPTS_ANY_LOCALE_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is
+ * available and it accepts any input locale name as valid.
+ */
+#$d_setlocale HAS_SETLOCALE /**/
+#$d_setlocale_accepts_any_locale_name SETLOCALE_ACCEPTS_ANY_LOCALE_NAME /**/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
+ * available to set process title.
*/
-#define Size_t_size $sizesize /**/
+#$d_setproctitle HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_SIGNBIT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is
+ * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set.
+ * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set
+ * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally
+ * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to
+ * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined.
*/
-#define Size_t $sizetype /* length parameter for string functions */
+#$d_signbit HAS_SIGNBIT /**/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
+ * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
+ * of the calling process.
*/
-#define Sock_size_t $socksizetype /**/
+#$d_sigprocmask HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should
+ * be used.
*/
-#define SSize_t $ssizetype /* signed count of bytes */
+#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE
+#$usesitecustomize USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/
+#endif
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+/* HAS_SNPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library
+ * function is available for use.
*/
-#define STDCHAR $stdchar /**/
+/* HAS_VSNPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library
+ * function is available for use.
+ */
+#$d_snprintf HAS_SNPRINTF /**/
+#$d_vsnprintf HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
+ * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
*/
-#define Uid_t_f $uidformat /**/
+#$d_sockatmark HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedness of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int sockatmark(int);
*/
-#define Uid_t_sign $uidsign /* UID sign */
+#$d_sockatmarkproto HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
+ * available to initialize SOCKS 5.
*/
-#define Uid_t_size $uidsize /* UID size */
+#$d_socks5_init HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_SQRTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
+ * available to do long double square roots.
*/
-#define Uid_t $uidtype /* UID type */
+#$d_sqrtl HAS_SQRTL /**/
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
*/
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+#$d_sresgproto HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
*/
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+#$d_sresuproto HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
+ * the filesystem containing the file.
+ * This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
+ * not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
+ * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
+ * with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
*/
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
+#$d_statfs_f_flags HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ * to do statfs() is supported.
*/
-#$use5005threads USE_5005THREADS /**/
-#$useithreads USE_ITHREADS /**/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-#$d_oldpthreads OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/
-#$usereentrant USE_REENTRANT_API /**/
+#$d_statfs_s HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
+ * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#$d_fstatvfs HAS_FSTATVFS /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_L:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_l routine is
+ * available to return the error message for a given errno value in
+ * a particular locale (identified by a locale_t object).
*/
-#$d_vendorarch PERL_VENDORARCH "$vendorarch" /**/
-#$d_vendorarch PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "$vendorarchexp" /**/
+#$d_strerror_l HAS_STRERROR_L /**/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_STRFTIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
+ * available to do time formatting.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+#$d_strftime HAS_STRFTIME /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRLCAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is
+ * available to do string concatenation.
*/
-#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "$vendorlibexp" /**/
-#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "$vendorlib_stem" /**/
+#$d_strlcat HAS_STRLCAT /**/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* HAS_STRLCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is
+ * available to do string copying.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+#$d_strlcpy HAS_STRLCPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRNLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strnlen () routine is
+ * available to check the length of a string up to a maximum.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-#$usecrosscompile USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "$targetarch" /**/
-#endif
+#$d_strnlen HAS_STRNLEN /**/
-/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
- * -Dusedevel, to enable development features. This should not be
- * done for production builds.
+/* HAS_STRTOLD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
+ * available to convert strings to long doubles.
*/
-#$usedevel PERL_USE_DEVEL /**/
+#$d_strtold HAS_STRTOLD /**/
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- * available to convert strings into long doubles.
+/* HAS_STRTOLL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
+ * available to convert strings to long longs.
*/
-#$d_atolf HAS_ATOLF /**/
+#$d_strtoll HAS_STRTOLL /**/
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- * available to convert strings into long longs.
+/* HAS_STRTOQ:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is
+ * available to convert strings to long longs (quads).
*/
-#$d_atoll HAS_ATOLL /**/
+#$d_strtoq HAS_STRTOQ /**/
-/* HAS__FWALK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
- * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
+/* HAS_STRTOULL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
+ * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
*/
-#$d__fwalk HAS__FWALK /**/
+#$d_strtoull HAS_STRTOULL /**/
-/* HAS_ACOSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the acosh routine is
- * available.
+/* HAS_STRTOUQ:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
+ * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
*/
-#$d_acosh HAS_ACOSH /**/
+#$d_strtouq HAS_STRTOUQ /**/
-/* HAS_AINTL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is
- * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl.
+/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int syscall(int, ...);
+ * extern int syscall(long, ...);
*/
-#$d_aintl HAS_AINTL /**/
+#$d_syscallproto HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/
-/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR:
- * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions
+/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern long telldir(DIR*);
*/
-/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT:
- * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more
- * likely
+#$d_telldirproto HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_TGAMMA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tgamma routine is
+ * available to do the gamma function. See also HAS_LGAMMA.
*/
-#$d_builtin_expect HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT /**/
-#$d_builtin_choose_expr HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/
+#$d_tgamma HAS_TGAMMA /**/
-/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS:
- * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros.
+/* HAS_CTIME64:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime64 () routine is
+ * available to do the 64bit variant of ctime ()
*/
-#$d_c99_variadic_macros HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/
+/* HAS_LOCALTIME64:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime64 () routine is
+ * available to do the 64bit variant of localtime ()
+ */
+/* HAS_GMTIME64:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime64 () routine is
+ * available to do the 64bit variant of gmtime ()
+ */
+/* HAS_MKTIME64:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime64 () routine is
+ * available to do the 64bit variant of mktime ()
+ */
+/* HAS_DIFFTIME64:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime64 () routine is
+ * available to do the 64bit variant of difftime ()
+ */
+/* HAS_ASCTIME64:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime64 () routine is
+ * available to do the 64bit variant of asctime ()
+ */
+#$d_ctime64 HAS_CTIME64 /**/
+#$d_localtime64 HAS_LOCALTIME64 /**/
+#$d_gmtime64 HAS_GMTIME64 /**/
+#$d_mktime64 HAS_MKTIME64 /**/
+#$d_difftime64 HAS_DIFFTIME64 /**/
+#$d_asctime64 HAS_ASCTIME64 /**/
-/* HAS_CLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
- * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
- * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
- * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
- * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
- * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
+/* HAS_TIMEGM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the timegm routine is
+ * available to do the opposite of gmtime ()
*/
-#$d_class HAS_CLASS /**/
+#$d_timegm HAS_TIMEGM /**/
-/* HAS_CLEARENV:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is
- * available for use.
+/* HAS_TOWLOWER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the towlower () routine is
+ * available to do case conversion.
*/
-#$d_clearenv HAS_CLEARENV /**/
+#$d_towlower HAS_TOWLOWER /**/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
- * is supported.
+/* HAS_TOWUPPER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the towupper () routine is
+ * available to do case conversion.
*/
-#$d_cmsghdr_s HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/
+#$d_towupper HAS_TOWUPPER /**/
-/* HAS_COPYSIGNL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is
- * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl.
+/* HAS_TRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the trunc routine is
+ * available to round doubles towards zero.
*/
-#$d_copysignl HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/
+#$d_trunc HAS_TRUNC /**/
-/* USE_CPLUSPLUS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was
- * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions.
+/* HAS_TRUNCL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncl routine is
+ * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl.
*/
-#$d_cplusplus USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/
+#$d_truncl HAS_TRUNCL /**/
-/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int dbminit(char *);
+/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
+ * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
*/
-#$d_dbminitproto HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/
+#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED
+#$d_u32align U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream
- * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd.
+/* HAS_UALARM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
+ * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity.
*/
-#$d_dir_dd_fd HAS_DIR_DD_FD /**/
+#$d_ualarm HAS_UALARM /**/
-/* HAS_DIRFD:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd
- * is available.
+/* HAS_UNORDERED:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
+ * available to check whether two doubles are unordered
+ * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN)
*/
-#$d_dirfd HAS_DIRFD /**/
+#$d_unordered HAS_UNORDERED /**/
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
- * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+/* HAS_UNSETENV:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is
+ * available for use.
*/
-#$d_dlsymun DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/
+#$d_unsetenv HAS_UNSETENV /**/
-/* HAS_FAST_STDIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio"
- * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly.
+/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
*/
-#$d_faststdio HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/
+#$d_usleepproto HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/
-/* HAS_FCHDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
- * available to change directory using a file descriptor.
+/* HAS_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
+ * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
*/
-#$d_fchdir HAS_FCHDIR /**/
+#$d_ustat HAS_USTAT /**/
-/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used
- * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined.
- * It may be undefined on VMS.
+/* HAS_WCSCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcscmp routine is
+ * available to compare two wide character strings.
*/
-#$d_fcntl_can_lock FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/
+#$d_wcscmp HAS_WCSCMP /**/
-/* HAS_FINITE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
- * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
+/* HAS_WCSXFRM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcsxfrm routine is
+ * available to tranform a wide character string for wcscmp().
*/
-#$d_finite HAS_FINITE /**/
+#$d_wcsxfrm HAS_WCSXFRM /**/
-/* HAS_FINITEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is finite
- * (non-infinity non-NaN).
+/* HAS_WRITEV:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
+ * available to do scatter writes.
*/
-#$d_finitel HAS_FINITEL /**/
+#$d_writev HAS_WRITEV /**/
-/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int flock(int, int);
+/* DEFAULT_INC_EXCLUDES_DOT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, removes the legacy default behavior of
+ * including '.' at the end of @INC.
*/
-#$d_flockproto HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/
+#$default_inc_excludes_dot DEFAULT_INC_EXCLUDES_DOT /**/
-/* HAS_FP_CLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number)
- * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number)
- * FP_POS_INF +infinity
- * FP_NEG_INF -infinity
- * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized
- * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized
- * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized
- * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized
- * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero)
- * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero)
+/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
+ * some sort is available.
*/
-#$d_fp_class HAS_FP_CLASS /**/
+#$usedl USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/
-/* HAS_FP_CLASSL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classl routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX.
- * See HAS_FP_CLASS.
- *
+/* FFLUSH_NULL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly
+ * flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In
+ * particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) *still*
+ * corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe.
*/
-#$d_fp_classl HAS_FP_CLASSL /**/
-
-/* HAS_FP_CLASSIFY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classify routine is
- * available to classify doubles.
- * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_NAN
- * FP_INFINITE
- * FP_NORMAL
- * FP_SUBNORMAL
- * FP_ZERO
+/* FFLUSH_ALL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush
+ * all pending stdio output one must loop through all
+ * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them.
+ * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not
+ * even be probed for and will be left undefined.
*/
-#$d_fp_classify HAS_FP_CLASSIFY /**/
+#$fflushNULL FFLUSH_NULL /**/
+#$fflushall FFLUSH_ALL /**/
-/* HAS_FPCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4.
- * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
- * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
- * FP_NINF negative infinity
- * FP_PINF positive infinity
- * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
- * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
- * FP_NZERO negative zero
- * FP_PZERO positive zero
- * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
- * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+/* I_BFD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <bfd.h> exists and
+ * can be included.
*/
-#$d_fpclass HAS_FPCLASS /**/
+#$i_bfd I_BFD /**/
-/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX.
- * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are
- *
- * FP_NORMAL Normalized
- * FP_ZERO Zero
- * FP_INFINITE Infinity
- * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized
- * FP_NAN NaN
- *
+/* I_CRYPT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <crypt.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_fpclassify HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/
+#$i_crypt I_CRYPT /**/
-/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
- * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
- * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
- * FP_NINF negative infinity
- * FP_PINF positive infinity
- * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
- * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
- * FP_NZERO negative zero
- * FP_PZERO positive zero
- * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
- * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+/* DB_Prefix_t:
+ * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
+ * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
+ * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t.
*/
-#$d_fpclassl HAS_FPCLASSL /**/
+/* DB_Hash_t:
+ * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
+ * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
+ * int, while in newer ones it is size_t.
+ */
+/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of
+ * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
+ */
+/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of
+ * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
+ * For DB version 1 this is always 0.
+ */
+/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of
+ * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
+ * For DB version 1 this is always 0.
+ */
+#define DB_Hash_t $db_hashtype /**/
+#define DB_Prefix_t $db_prefixtype /**/
+#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG $db_version_major /**/
+#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG $db_version_minor /**/
+#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG $db_version_patch /**/
-/* HAS_FPOS64_T:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
+/* I_FENV:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <fenv.h> to get the floating point environment definitions.
*/
-#$d_fpos64_t HAS_FPOS64_T /**/
+#$i_fenv I_FENV /**/
-/* HAS_FREXPL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is
- * available to break a long double floating-point number into
- * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2.
+/* I_FP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_frexpl HAS_FREXPL /**/
+#$i_fp I_FP /**/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
- * to do statfs() is supported.
+/* I_FP_CLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_fs_data_s HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/
+#$i_fp_class I_FP_CLASS /**/
-/* HAS_FSEEKO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
- * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+/* I_IEEEFP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_fseeko HAS_FSEEKO /**/
+#$i_ieeefp I_IEEEFP /**/
-/* HAS_FSTATFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
- * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+/* I_INTTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <inttypes.h>.
*/
-#$d_fstatfs HAS_FSTATFS /**/
+#$i_inttypes I_INTTYPES /**/
-/* HAS_FSYNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
- * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
- * permanent storage.
+/* I_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_fsync HAS_FSYNC /**/
+#$i_langinfo I_LANGINFO /**/
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+/* I_LIBUTIL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_ftello HAS_FTELLO /**/
+#$i_libutil I_LIBUTIL /**/
-/* HAS_FUTIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is
- * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals.
+/* I_MALLOCMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <malloc/malloc.h>.
*/
-#$d_futimes HAS_FUTIMES /**/
+#$i_mallocmalloc I_MALLOCMALLOC /**/
-/* HAS_GETADDRINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getaddrinfo() function
- * is available for use.
+/* I_MNTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getaddrinfo HAS_GETADDRINFO /**/
+#$i_mntent I_MNTENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETCWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
- * available to get the current working directory.
+/* I_NETINET_TCP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <netinet/tcp.h>.
*/
-#$d_getcwd HAS_GETCWD /**/
+#$i_netinettcp I_NETINET_TCP /**/
-/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+/* I_POLL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <poll.h> exists and
+ * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL)
*/
-#$d_getespwnam HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/
+#$i_poll I_POLL /**/
-/* HAS_GETFSSTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is
- * available to stat filesystems in bulk.
+/* I_PROT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <prot.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getfsstat HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/
+#$i_prot I_PROT /**/
-/* HAS_GETITIMER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
- * available to return interval timers.
+/* I_QUADMATH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <quadmath.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getitimer HAS_GETITIMER /**/
+#$i_quadmath I_QUADMATH /**/
-/* HAS_GETMNT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
- * available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
+/* I_SHADOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getmnt HAS_GETMNT /**/
+#$i_shadow I_SHADOW /**/
-/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
- * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
+/* I_SOCKS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <socks.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getmntent HAS_GETMNTENT /**/
+#$i_socks I_SOCKS /**/
-/* HAS_GETNAMEINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnameinfo() function
- * is available for use.
+/* I_STDBOOL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdbool.h> exists and
+ * can be included.
*/
-#$d_getnameinfo HAS_GETNAMEINFO /**/
+#$i_stdbool I_STDBOOL /**/
-/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
+/* I_STDINT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdint.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getprpwnam HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/
+#$i_stdint I_STDINT /**/
-/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
- * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
+/* I_SUNMATH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sunmath.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_getspnam HAS_GETSPNAM /**/
+#$i_sunmath I_SUNMATH /**/
-/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
- * available to query the mount options of file systems.
+/* I_SYSLOG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <syslog.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_hasmntopt HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/
+#$i_syslog I_SYSLOG /**/
-/* HAS_ILOGBL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is
- * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
+/* I_SYSMODE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mode.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_ilogbl HAS_ILOGBL /**/
+#$i_sysmode I_SYSMODE /**/
-/* HAS_INETNTOP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_ntop() function
- * is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings.
+/* I_SYS_MOUNT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mount.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_inetntop HAS_INETNTOP /**/
+#$i_sysmount I_SYS_MOUNT /**/
-/* HAS_INETPTON:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_pton() function
- * is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings.
+/* I_SYS_STATFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statfs.h> exists.
*/
-#$d_inetpton HAS_INETPTON /**/
+#$i_sysstatfs I_SYS_STATFS /**/
-/* HAS_INT64_T:
- * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
- * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
- * <sys/types.h> is enough.
+/* I_SYS_STATVFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statvfs.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_int64_t HAS_INT64_T /**/
+#$i_sysstatvfs I_SYS_STATVFS /**/
-/* HAS_ISBLANK:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isblank
- * is available.
+/* I_SYSUTSNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_isblank HAS_ISBLANK /**/
+#$i_sysutsname I_SYSUTSNAME /**/
-/* HAS_ISFINITE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
- * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
+/* I_SYS_VFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_isfinite HAS_ISFINITE /**/
+#$i_sysvfs I_SYS_VFS /**/
-/* HAS_ISFINITEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is finitel
- * (non-infinity non-NaN).
+/* I_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#$d_isfinitel HAS_ISFINITEL /**/
+#$i_ustat I_USTAT /**/
-/* HAS_ISINF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is
- * available to check whether a double is an infinity.
+/* I_WCHAR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that <wchar.h>
+ * is available for inclusion
*/
-#$d_isinf HAS_ISINF /**/
+#$i_wchar I_WCHAR /**/
-/* HAS_ISINF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is an infinity.
+/* I_WCTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <wctype.h> exists.
*/
-#$d_isinfl HAS_ISINFL /**/
+#$i_wctype I_WCTYPE /**/
-/* HAS_ISNAN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is
- * available to check whether a double is a NaN.
+/* DOUBLEINFBYTES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
+ * hexadecimal bytes for the double precision infinity.
*/
-#$d_isnan HAS_ISNAN /**/
+/* DOUBLENANBYTES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
+ * hexadecimal bytes (0xHH) for the double precision not-a-number.
+ */
+/* LONGDBLINFBYTES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
+ * hexadecimal bytes for the long double precision infinity.
+ */
+/* LONGDBLNANBYTES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
+ * hexadecimal bytes (0xHH) for the long double precision not-a-number.
+ */
+#define DOUBLEINFBYTES $doubleinfbytes /**/
+#define DOUBLENANBYTES $doublenanbytes /**/
+#define LONGDBLINFBYTES $longdblinfbytes /**/
+#define LONGDBLNANBYTES $longdblnanbytes /**/
-/* HAS_ISNANL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
+/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
*/
-#$d_isnanl HAS_ISNANL /**/
+/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
+ */
+/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
+ */
+/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
+ */
+/* DOUBLEKIND:
+ * DOUBLEKIND will be one of
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_LE_BE
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_BE_LE
+ * DOUBLE_IS_VAX_F_FLOAT
+ * DOUBLE_IS_VAX_D_FLOAT
+ * DOUBLE_IS_VAX_G_FLOAT
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IBM_SINGLE_32_BIT
+ * DOUBLE_IS_IBM_DOUBLE_64_BIT
+ * DOUBLE_IS_CRAY_SINGLE_64_BIT
+ * DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_HAS_INF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
+ * the infinity.
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_HAS_NAN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
+ * the not-a-number.
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
+ * the negative_zero.
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
+ * the subnormals (denormals).
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
+ * the 64-bit CRAY mainframe format.
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
+ * the 64-bit IBM mainframe format.
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
+ * the 64-bit IEEE 754.
+ */
+/* DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
+ * the 64-bit VAX format D or G.
+ */
+#define DOUBLEKIND $doublekind /**/
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 2
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 4
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 5
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 6
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_LE_BE 7
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_BE_LE 8
+#define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_F_FLOAT 9
+#define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_D_FLOAT 10
+#define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_G_FLOAT 11
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IBM_SINGLE_32_BIT 12
+#define DOUBLE_IS_IBM_DOUBLE_64_BIT 13
+#define DOUBLE_IS_CRAY_SINGLE_64_BIT 14
+#define DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -1
+#$d_PRIfldbl PERL_PRIfldbl $sPRIfldbl /**/
+#$d_PRIgldbl PERL_PRIgldbl $sPRIgldbl /**/
+#$d_PRIeldbl PERL_PRIeldbl $sPRIeldbl /**/
+#$d_SCNfldbl PERL_SCNfldbl $sSCNfldbl /**/
+#$d_double_has_inf DOUBLE_HAS_INF
+#$d_double_has_nan DOUBLE_HAS_NAN
+#$d_double_has_negative_zero DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO
+#$d_double_has_subnormals DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS
+#$d_double_style_cray DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY
+#$d_double_style_ibm DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM
+#$d_double_style_ieee DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE
+#$d_double_style_vax DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX
+
+/* DOUBLEMANTBITS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits
+ * there are in double precision floating point format.
+ * Note that this is usually DBL_MANT_DIG minus one, since
+ * with the standard IEEE 754 formats DBL_MANT_DIG includes
+ * the implicit bit, which doesn't really exist.
+ */
+/* LONGDBLMANTBITS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits
+ * there are in long double precision floating point format.
+ * Note that this can be LDBL_MANT_DIG minus one,
+ * since LDBL_MANT_DIG can include the IEEE 754 implicit bit.
+ * The common x86-style 80-bit long double does not have
+ * an implicit bit.
+ */
+/* NVMANTBITS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits
+ * (not including implicit bit) there are in a Perl NV.
+ * This depends on which floating point type was chosen.
+ */
+#define DOUBLEMANTBITS $doublemantbits
+#define LONGDBLMANTBITS $longdblmantbits
+#define NVMANTBITS $nvmantbits
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
+/* NEED_VA_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
+ * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format
+ * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some
+ * other means must be used when copying is required.
+ * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision)
+ * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform-
+ * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job.
*/
-#$d_ldbl_dig HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */
+#$need_va_copy NEED_VA_COPY /**/
-/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION
- * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it.
+/* IVTYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
*/
-#$d_libm_lib_version LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/
+/* UVTYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV.
+ */
+/* I8TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8.
+ */
+/* U8TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8.
+ */
+/* I16TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16.
+ */
+/* U16TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16.
+ */
+/* I32TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32.
+ */
+/* U32TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32.
+ */
+/* I64TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64.
+ */
+/* U64TYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64.
+ */
+/* NVTYPE:
+ * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV.
+ */
+/* IVSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV).
+ */
+/* UVSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV).
+ */
+/* I8SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8).
+ */
+/* U8SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8).
+ */
+/* I16SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16).
+ */
+/* U16SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16).
+ */
+/* I32SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32).
+ */
+/* U32SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32).
+ */
+/* I64SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64).
+ */
+/* U64SIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64).
+ */
+/* NVSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV).
+ * Note that some floating point formats have unused bytes.
+ * The most notable example is the x86* 80-bit extended precision
+ * which comes in byte sizes of 12 and 16 (for 32 and 64 bit
+ * platforms, respectively), but which only uses 10 bytes.
+ * Perl compiled with -Duselongdouble on x86* is like this.
+ */
+/* NV_PRESERVES_UV:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
+ * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE.
+ */
+/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE
+ * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE.
+ */
+/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
+ * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
+ * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
+ * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
+ */
+/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
+ * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero.
+ */
+#define IVTYPE $ivtype /**/
+#define UVTYPE $uvtype /**/
+#define I8TYPE $i8type /**/
+#define U8TYPE $u8type /**/
+#define I16TYPE $i16type /**/
+#define U16TYPE $u16type /**/
+#define I32TYPE $i32type /**/
+#define U32TYPE $u32type /**/
+#ifdef HAS_QUAD
+#define I64TYPE $i64type /**/
+#define U64TYPE $u64type /**/
+#endif
+#define NVTYPE $nvtype /**/
+#define IVSIZE $ivsize /**/
+#define UVSIZE $uvsize /**/
+#define I8SIZE $i8size /**/
+#define U8SIZE $u8size /**/
+#define I16SIZE $i16size /**/
+#define U16SIZE $u16size /**/
+#define I32SIZE $i32size /**/
+#define U32SIZE $u32size /**/
+#ifdef HAS_QUAD
+#define I64SIZE $i64size /**/
+#define U64SIZE $u64size /**/
+#endif
+#define NVSIZE $nvsize /**/
+#$d_nv_preserves_uv NV_PRESERVES_UV
+#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS $nv_preserves_uv_bits
+#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT ($nv_overflows_integers_at)
+#$d_nv_zero_is_allbits_zero NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO
+#if UVSIZE == 8
+# ifdef BYTEORDER
+# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234
+# undef BYTEORDER
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# else
+# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321
+# undef BYTEORDER
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
-/* HAS_MADVISE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
+/* IVdf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV
+ * as a signed decimal integer.
*/
-#$d_madvise HAS_MADVISE /**/
-
-/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size
- * routine is available for use.
+/* UVuf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
+ * as an unsigned decimal integer.
*/
-#$d_malloc_size HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/
-
-/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size
- * routine is available for use.
+/* UVof:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
+ * as an unsigned octal integer.
*/
-#$d_malloc_good_size HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKDTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
+/* UVxf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
+ * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef.
*/
-#$d_mkdtemp HAS_MKDTEMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * (with a suffix) temporary file.
+/* UVXf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
+ * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF.
*/
-#$d_mkstemps HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/
-
-/* HAS_MODFL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
- * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
- * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x.
+/* NVef:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
+ * using %e-ish floating point format.
*/
-/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one.
+/* NVff:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
+ * using %f-ish floating point format.
*/
-/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
- * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32).
- * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000
- * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc,
- * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay.
+/* NVgf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
+ * using %g-ish floating point format.
*/
-#$d_modfl HAS_MODFL /**/
-#$d_modflproto HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/
-#$d_modfl_pow32_bug HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/
+#define IVdf $ivdformat /**/
+#define UVuf $uvuformat /**/
+#define UVof $uvoformat /**/
+#define UVxf $uvxformat /**/
+#define UVXf $uvXUformat /**/
+#define NVef $nveformat /**/
+#define NVff $nvfformat /**/
+#define NVgf $nvgformat /**/
-/* HAS_MPROTECT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is
- * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file.
+/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
+ * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
+ * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
+ * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
+ * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
+ * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
*/
-#$d_mprotect HAS_MPROTECT /**/
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS $selectminbits /**/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
- * is supported.
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
*/
-#$d_msghdr_s HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
- * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
- * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedness of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-#$d_nl_langinfo HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/
+#define ST_INO_SIGN $st_ino_sign /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE $st_ino_size /* st_ino size */
-/* HAS_OFF64_T:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
+/* STARTPERL:
+ * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
+ * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
+ * some shell.
*/
-#$d_off64_t HAS_OFF64_T /**/
+#define STARTPERL "$startperl" /**/
-/* HAS_PRCTL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
- * available to set process title.
+/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
+ * holding the stdio streams.
*/
-/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
- * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
+ * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams.
+ * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF.
*/
-#$d_prctl HAS_PRCTL /**/
-#$d_prctl_set_name HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME /**/
+#$d_stdio_stream_array HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/
+#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY
+#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY $stdio_stream_array
+#endif
-/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
- * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
- * to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
+/* GMTIME_MAX:
+ * This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that
+ * the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH:
- * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename
- * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of
- * the executing program.
+/* GMTIME_MIN:
+ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
+ * the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#$d_procselfexe HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/
-#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH)
-#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH $procselfexe /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope
- * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of
- * a thread attribute object.
+/* LOCALTIME_MAX:
+ * This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that
+ * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#$d_pthread_attr_setscope HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE /**/
+/* LOCALTIME_MIN:
+ * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
+ * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
+ */
+#define GMTIME_MAX $sGMTIME_max /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN $sGMTIME_min /**/
+#define LOCALTIME_MAX $sLOCALTIME_max /**/
+#define LOCALTIME_MIN $sLOCALTIME_min /**/
-/* HAS_PTRDIFF_T:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t.
+/* USE_64_BIT_INT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
+ * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
+ * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible
+ * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl.
+ * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory
+ * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes.
*/
-#$d_ptrdiff_t HAS_PTRDIFF_T /**/
+/* USE_64_BIT_ALL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
+ * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
+ * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible
+ * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will
+ * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is
+ * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not
+ * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or
+ * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT
+#$use64bitint USE_64_BIT_INT /**/
+#endif
+#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL
+#$use64bitall USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_READV:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
- * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h>
- * and there I_SYSUIO.
+/* USE_C_BACKTRACE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built with support for backtrace.
*/
-#$d_readv HAS_READV /**/
+#$usecbacktrace USE_C_BACKTRACE /**/
-/* HAS_RECVMSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is
- * available to send structured socket messages.
+/* USE_DTRACE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built with support for DTrace.
*/
-#$d_recvmsg HAS_RECVMSG /**/
+#$usedtrace USE_DTRACE /**/
-/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern void* sbrk(int);
- * extern void* sbrk(size_t);
+/* USE_FAST_STDIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use 'fast stdio'.
+ * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later.
*/
-#$d_sbrkproto HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/
+#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO
+#$usefaststdio USE_FAST_STDIO /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SCALBNL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is
- * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
+/* USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use sysctl with
+ * KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence
+ * convert $^X to an absolute path.
*/
-#$d_scalbnl HAS_SCALBNL /**/
+#$usekernprocpathname USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME /**/
-/* HAS_SENDMSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
- * available to send structured socket messages.
+/* USE_LARGE_FILES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support
+ * should be used when available.
*/
-#$d_sendmsg HAS_SENDMSG /**/
+#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES
+#$uselargefiles USE_LARGE_FILES /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SETITIMER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
- * available to set interval timers.
+/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should
+ * be used when available.
*/
-#$d_setitimer HAS_SETITIMER /**/
+#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#$uselongdouble USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
- * available to set process title.
+/* USE_MORE_BITS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and
+ * long doubles should be used when available.
*/
-#$d_setproctitle HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/
+#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS
+#$usemorebits USE_MORE_BITS /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SIGNBIT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is
- * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set.
- * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set
- * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally
- * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to
- * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined.
+/* MULTIPLICITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use multiplicity.
*/
-#$d_signbit HAS_SIGNBIT /**/
+#ifndef MULTIPLICITY
+#$usemultiplicity MULTIPLICITY /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
- * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
- * of the calling process.
+/* USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath
+ * and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert
+ * $^X to an absolute path.
*/
-#$d_sigprocmask HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/
+#$usensgetexecutablepath USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH /**/
-/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should
- * be used.
+/* USE_PERLIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should
+ * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be
+ * used in a fully backward compatible manner.
*/
-#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE
-#$usesitecustomize USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/
+#ifndef USE_PERLIO
+#$useperlio USE_PERLIO /**/
#endif
-/* HAS_SNPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library
- * function is available for use.
- */
-/* HAS_VSNPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library
- * function is available for use.
+/* USE_QUADMATH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the quadmath library should
+ * be used when available.
*/
-#$d_snprintf HAS_SNPRINTF /**/
-#$d_vsnprintf HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/
+#ifndef USE_QUADMATH
+#$usequadmath USE_QUADMATH /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
- * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
+/* USE_SOCKS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use socks.
*/
-#$d_sockatmark HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/
+#ifndef USE_SOCKS
+#$usesocks USE_SOCKS /**/
+#endif
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
* to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int sockatmark(int);
+ * extern double drand48(void);
*/
-#$d_sockatmarkproto HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/
+#$d_drand48proto HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/
-/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
- * available to initialize SOCKS 5.
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
*/
-#$d_socks5_init HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/
+#$d_gethostprotos HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN:
- * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string
- * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with
- * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these
- * this variable will be undef.
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
*/
-#$d_sprintf_returns_strlen SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/
+#$d_getnetprotos HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/
-/* HAS_SQRTL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
- * available to do long double square roots.
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
*/
-#$d_sqrtl HAS_SQRTL /**/
+#$d_getprotoprotos HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
*/
-#$d_sresgproto HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/
+#$d_getservprotos HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
*/
-#$d_sresuproto HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/
+#$d_lseekproto HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
- * the filesystem containing the file.
- * This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
- * not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
- * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
- * with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
*/
-#$d_statfs_f_flags HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- * to do statfs() is supported.
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
*/
-#$d_statfs_s HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/
-
-/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
- * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
*/
-#$d_fstatvfs HAS_FSTATVFS /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRFTIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
- * available to do time formatting.
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
*/
-#$d_strftime HAS_STRFTIME /**/
+#define Netdb_host_t $netdb_host_type /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t $netdb_hlen_type /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t $netdb_name_type /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t $netdb_net_type /**/
-/* HAS_STRLCAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is
- * available to do string concatenation.
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
*/
-#$d_strlcat HAS_STRLCAT /**/
+#define Select_fd_set_t $selecttype /**/
-/* HAS_STRLCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is
- * available to do string copying.
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
*/
-#$d_strlcpy HAS_STRLCPY /**/
+#define Sock_size_t $socksizetype /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOLD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
- * available to convert strings to long doubles.
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ * where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ * instance.
*/
-#$d_strtold HAS_STRTOLD /**/
+#define ARCHNAME "$archname" /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOLL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
- * available to convert strings to long longs.
+/* HAS_ASCTIME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine
+ * is available to asctime re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_strtoll HAS_STRTOLL /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRTOQ:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is
- * available to convert strings to long longs (quads).
+/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r.
+ * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$d_strtoq HAS_STRTOQ /**/
+#$d_asctime_r HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/
+#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO $asctime_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOULL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
- * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
+/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
+ * is available to crypt re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_strtoull HAS_STRTOULL /**/
+/* CRYPT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r.
+ * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_crypt_r HAS_CRYPT_R /**/
+#define CRYPT_R_PROTO $crypt_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUQ:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
- * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
+/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
+ * is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_strtouq HAS_STRTOUQ /**/
+/* CTERMID_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r.
+ * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_ctermid_r HAS_CTERMID_R /**/
+#define CTERMID_R_PROTO $ctermid_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int syscall(int, ...);
- * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+/* HAS_CTIME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine
+ * is available to ctime re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_syscallproto HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/
+/* CTIME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r.
+ * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_ctime_r HAS_CTIME_R /**/
+#define CTIME_R_PROTO $ctime_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern long telldir(DIR*);
+/* HAS_DRAND48_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine
+ * is available to drand48 re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_telldirproto HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/
+/* DRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r.
+ * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_drand48_r HAS_DRAND48_R /**/
+#define DRAND48_R_PROTO $drand48_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_CTIME64:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime64 () routine is
- * available to do the 64bit variant of ctime ()
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
+ * is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* HAS_LOCALTIME64:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime64 () routine is
- * available to do the 64bit variant of localtime ()
+/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* HAS_GMTIME64:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime64 () routine is
- * available to do the 64bit variant of gmtime ()
+#$d_endgrent_r HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/
+#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO $endgrent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
+ * is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* HAS_MKTIME64:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime64 () routine is
- * available to do the 64bit variant of mktime ()
+/* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* HAS_DIFFTIME64:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime64 () routine is
- * available to do the 64bit variant of difftime ()
+#$d_endhostent_r HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R /**/
+#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO $endhostent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
+ * is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* HAS_ASCTIME64:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime64 () routine is
- * available to do the 64bit variant of asctime ()
+/* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$d_ctime64 HAS_CTIME64 /**/
-#$d_localtime64 HAS_LOCALTIME64 /**/
-#$d_gmtime64 HAS_GMTIME64 /**/
-#$d_mktime64 HAS_MKTIME64 /**/
-#$d_difftime64 HAS_DIFFTIME64 /**/
-#$d_asctime64 HAS_ASCTIME64 /**/
+#$d_endnetent_r HAS_ENDNETENT_R /**/
+#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO $endnetent_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_TIMEGM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the timegm routine is
- * available to do the opposite of gmtime ()
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
+ * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_timegm HAS_TIMEGM /**/
-
-/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
- * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
+/* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED
-#$d_u32align U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
-#endif
+#$d_endprotoent_r HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/
+#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO $endprotoent_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_UALARM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
- * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity.
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
+ * is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_ualarm HAS_UALARM /**/
-
-/* HAS_UNORDERED:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
- * available to check whether two doubles are unordered
- * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN)
+/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$d_unordered HAS_UNORDERED /**/
+#$d_endpwent_r HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/
+#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO $endpwent_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_UNSETENV:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is
- * available for use.
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
+ * is available to endservent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_unsetenv HAS_UNSETENV /**/
-
-/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
+/* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$d_usleepproto HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/
+#$d_endservent_r HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/
+#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO $endservent_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
- * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
+/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
+ * is available to getgrent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_ustat HAS_USTAT /**/
-
-/* HAS_WCSCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcscmp routine is
- * available to compare two wide character strings.
+/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$d_wcscmp HAS_WCSCMP /**/
+#$d_getgrent_r HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/
+#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO $getgrent_r_proto /**/
-/* HAS_WCSXFRM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcsxfrm routine is
- * available to tranform a wide character string for wcscmp().
+/* HAS_GETGRGID_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine
+ * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly.
*/
-#$d_wcsxfrm HAS_WCSXFRM /**/
-
-/* HAS_WRITEV:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
- * available to do scatter writes.
+/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$d_writev HAS_WRITEV /**/
+#$d_getgrgid_r HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/
+#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO $getgrgid_r_proto /**/
-/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
- * some sort is available.
+/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine
+ * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly.
*/
-#$usedl USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/
+/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_getgrnam_r HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/
+#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO $getgrnam_r_proto /**/
-/* FFLUSH_NULL:
- * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly
- * flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In
- * particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) *still*
- * corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
+ * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
*/
-/* FFLUSH_ALL:
- * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush
- * all pending stdio output one must loop through all
- * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them.
- * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not
- * even be probed for and will be left undefined.
+/* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r.
+ * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$fflushNULL FFLUSH_NULL /**/
-#$fflushall FFLUSH_ALL /**/
+#$d_gethostbyaddr_r HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R /**/
+#define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO $gethostbyaddr_r_proto /**/
-/* I_ASSERT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <assert.h> exists and
- * could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname_r routine
+ * is available to gethostbyname re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_assert I_ASSERT /**/
-
-/* I_BFD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <bfd.h> exists and
- * can be included.
+/* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r.
+ * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_bfd I_BFD /**/
+#$d_gethostbyname_r HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R /**/
+#define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO $gethostbyname_r_proto /**/
-/* I_CRYPT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <crypt.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent_r routine
+ * is available to gethostent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_crypt I_CRYPT /**/
+/* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_gethostent_r HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/
+#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO $gethostent_r_proto /**/
-/* DB_Prefix_t:
- * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
- * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
- * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t.
+/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
+ * is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
*/
-/* DB_Hash_t:
- * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
- * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
- * int, while in newer ones it is size_t.
+/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG:
- * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of
- * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
+#$d_getlogin_r HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/
+#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO $getlogin_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
+ * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
*/
-/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG:
- * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of
- * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
- * For DB version 1 this is always 0.
+/* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG:
- * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of
- * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
- * For DB version 1 this is always 0.
+#$d_getnetbyaddr_r HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R /**/
+#define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO $getnetbyaddr_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname_r routine
+ * is available to getnetbyname re-entrantly.
*/
-#define DB_Hash_t $db_hashtype /**/
-#define DB_Prefix_t $db_prefixtype /**/
-#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG $db_version_major /**/
-#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG $db_version_minor /**/
-#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG $db_version_patch /**/
+/* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_getnetbyname_r HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R /**/
+#define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO $getnetbyname_r_proto /**/
-/* I_FP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent_r routine
+ * is available to getnetent re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* GETNETENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_fp I_FP /**/
+#$d_getnetent_r HAS_GETNETENT_R /**/
+#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO $getnetent_r_proto /**/
-/* I_FP_CLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
+ * is available to getprotobyname re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_fp_class I_FP_CLASS /**/
-
-/* I_IEEEFP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_ieeefp I_IEEEFP /**/
+#$d_getprotobyname_r HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R /**/
+#define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO $getprotobyname_r_proto /**/
-/* I_INTTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <inttypes.h>.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber_r routine
+ * is available to getprotobynumber re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_inttypes I_INTTYPES /**/
-
-/* I_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_langinfo I_LANGINFO /**/
+#$d_getprotobynumber_r HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R /**/
+#define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO $getprotobynumber_r_proto /**/
-/* I_LIBUTIL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent_r routine
+ * is available to getprotoent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_libutil I_LIBUTIL /**/
-
-/* I_MALLOCMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <malloc/malloc.h>.
+/* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_mallocmalloc I_MALLOCMALLOC /**/
+#$d_getprotoent_r HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/
+#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO $getprotoent_r_proto /**/
-/* I_MNTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
+ * is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_mntent I_MNTENT /**/
-
-/* I_NETINET_TCP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <netinet/tcp.h>.
+/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_netinettcp I_NETINET_TCP /**/
+#$d_getpwent_r HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/
+#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO $getpwent_r_proto /**/
-/* I_POLL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <poll.h> exists and
- * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL)
+/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine
+ * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_poll I_POLL /**/
-
-/* I_PROT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <prot.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_prot I_PROT /**/
+#$d_getpwnam_r HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/
+#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO $getpwnam_r_proto /**/
-/* I_SHADOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETPWUID_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine
+ * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_shadow I_SHADOW /**/
-
-/* I_SOCKS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <socks.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_socks I_SOCKS /**/
+#$d_getpwuid_r HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/
+#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO $getpwuid_r_proto /**/
-/* I_STDBOOL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdbool.h> exists and
- * can be included.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
+ * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_stdbool I_STDBOOL /**/
-
-/* I_SUNMATH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sunmath.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_sunmath I_SUNMATH /**/
+#$d_getservbyname_r HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R /**/
+#define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO $getservbyname_r_proto /**/
-/* I_SYSLOG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <syslog.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport_r routine
+ * is available to getservbyport re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_syslog I_SYSLOG /**/
-
-/* I_SYSMODE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mode.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_sysmode I_SYSMODE /**/
+#$d_getservbyport_r HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R /**/
+#define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO $getservbyport_r_proto /**/
-/* I_SYS_MOUNT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mount.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent_r routine
+ * is available to getservent re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_sysmount I_SYS_MOUNT /**/
-
-/* I_SYS_STATFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statfs.h> exists.
+/* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_sysstatfs I_SYS_STATFS /**/
+#$d_getservent_r HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/
+#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO $getservent_r_proto /**/
-/* I_SYS_STATVFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statvfs.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
+ * is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_sysstatvfs I_SYS_STATVFS /**/
-
-/* I_SYSUTSNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r.
+ * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#$i_sysutsname I_SYSUTSNAME /**/
+#$d_getspnam_r HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/
+#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO $getspnam_r_proto /**/
-/* I_SYS_VFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
+ * is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
*/
-#$i_sysvfs I_SYS_VFS /**/
+/* GMTIME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r.
+ * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r
+ * is defined.
+ */
+#$d_gmtime_r HAS_GMTIME_R /**/
+#define GMTIME_R_PROTO $gmtime_r_proto /**/
-/* I_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* HAS_LOCALECONV_L:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv_l routine is
+ * available to query certain information about a locale.
*/
-#$i_ustat I_USTAT /**/
+#$d_localeconv_l HAS_LOCALECONV_L /**/
-/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
+/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
+ * is available to localtime re-entrantly.
*/
-/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
+/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET:
+ * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset,
+ * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone
+ * changes using \$ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset
+ * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r
*/
-/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
+#$d_localtime_r_needs_tzset LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/
+#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET
+#define L_R_TZSET tzset(),
+#else
+#define L_R_TZSET
+#endif
+
+/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r.
+ * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
+#$d_localtime_r HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/
+#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO $localtime_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_MBRLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbrlen routine is
+ * available to get the length of multi-byte character strings.
*/
-#$d_PRIfldbl PERL_PRIfldbl $sPRIfldbl /**/
-#$d_PRIgldbl PERL_PRIgldbl $sPRIgldbl /**/
-#$d_PRIeldbl PERL_PRIeldbl $sPRIeldbl /**/
-#$d_SCNfldbl PERL_SCNfldbl $sSCNfldbl /**/
+#$d_mbrlen HAS_MBRLEN /**/
-/* NEED_VA_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
- * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format
- * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some
- * other means must be used when copying is required.
- * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision)
- * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform-
- * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job.
+/* HAS_MBRTOWC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbrtowc routine is
+ * available to convert a multi-byte character into a wide character.
*/
-#$need_va_copy NEED_VA_COPY /**/
+#$d_mbrtowc HAS_MBRTOWC /**/
-/* IVTYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
+/* HAS_THREAD_SAFE_NL_LANGINFO_L:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the nl_langinfo_l()
+ * function, and that it is thread-safe.
*/
-/* UVTYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV.
+#$d_thread_safe_nl_langinfo_l HAS_THREAD_SAFE_NL_LANGINFO_L /**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-/* I8TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8.
+#$d_old_pthread_create_joinable OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE $old_pthread_create_joinable /**/
+
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available to setup fork handlers.
*/
-/* U8TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8.
+#$d_pthread_atfork HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/
+
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
*/
-/* I16TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16.
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
+ * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
*/
-/* U16TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16.
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
*/
-/* I32TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32.
+#$d_pthread_yield HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/
+#define SCHED_YIELD $sched_yield /**/
+#$d_sched_yield HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/
+
+/* HAS_RANDOM_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine
+ * is available to random re-entrantly.
*/
-/* U32TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32.
+/* RANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r.
+ * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* I64TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64.
+#$d_random_r HAS_RANDOM_R /**/
+#define RANDOM_R_PROTO $random_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_READDIR64_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine
+ * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly.
*/
-/* U64TYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64.
+/* READDIR64_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r.
+ * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* NVTYPE:
- * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV.
+#$d_readdir64_r HAS_READDIR64_R /**/
+#define READDIR64_R_PROTO $readdir64_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_READDIR_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine
+ * is available to readdir re-entrantly.
*/
-/* IVSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV).
+/* READDIR_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r.
+ * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* UVSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV).
+#$d_readdir_r HAS_READDIR_R /**/
+#define READDIR_R_PROTO $readdir_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
+ * is available to setgrent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* I8SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8).
+/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* U8SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8).
+#$d_setgrent_r HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/
+#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO $setgrent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
+ * is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* I16SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16).
+/* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* U16SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16).
+#$d_sethostent_r HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/
+#define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO $sethostent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETLOCALE_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine
+ * is available to setlocale re-entrantly.
*/
-/* I32SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32).
+/* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r.
+ * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* U32SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32).
+#$d_setlocale_r HAS_SETLOCALE_R /**/
+#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO $setlocale_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
+ * is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* I64SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64).
+/* SETNETENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* U64SIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64).
+#$d_setnetent_r HAS_SETNETENT_R /**/
+#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO $setnetent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
+ * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* NVSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV).
+/* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* NV_PRESERVES_UV:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
- * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE.
+#$d_setprotoent_r HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/
+#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO $setprotoent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
+ * is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS:
- * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE
- * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE.
+/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
- * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
- * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
- * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
+#$d_setpwent_r HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/
+#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO $setpwent_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
+ * is available to setservent re-entrantly.
*/
-/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
- * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero.
+/* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r.
+ * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#define IVTYPE $ivtype /**/
-#define UVTYPE $uvtype /**/
-#define I8TYPE $i8type /**/
-#define U8TYPE $u8type /**/
-#define I16TYPE $i16type /**/
-#define U16TYPE $u16type /**/
-#define I32TYPE $i32type /**/
-#define U32TYPE $u32type /**/
-#ifdef HAS_QUAD
-#define I64TYPE $i64type /**/
-#define U64TYPE $u64type /**/
-#endif
-#define NVTYPE $nvtype /**/
-#define IVSIZE $ivsize /**/
-#define UVSIZE $uvsize /**/
-#define I8SIZE $i8size /**/
-#define U8SIZE $u8size /**/
-#define I16SIZE $i16size /**/
-#define U16SIZE $u16size /**/
-#define I32SIZE $i32size /**/
-#define U32SIZE $u32size /**/
-#ifdef HAS_QUAD
-#define I64SIZE $i64size /**/
-#define U64SIZE $u64size /**/
-#endif
-#define NVSIZE $nvsize /**/
-#$d_nv_preserves_uv NV_PRESERVES_UV
-#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS $nv_preserves_uv_bits
-#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT $nv_overflows_integers_at
-#$d_nv_zero_is_allbits_zero NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO
-#if UVSIZE == 8
-# ifdef BYTEORDER
-# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234
-# undef BYTEORDER
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# else
-# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321
-# undef BYTEORDER
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
+#$d_setservent_r HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/
+#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO $setservent_r_proto /**/
-/* IVdf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV
- * as a signed decimal integer.
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ * is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
*/
-/* UVuf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
- * as an unsigned decimal integer.
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* UVof:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
- * as an unsigned octal integer.
+#$d_srand48_r HAS_SRAND48_R /**/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO $srand48_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ * is available to srandom re-entrantly.
*/
-/* UVxf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
- * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef.
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* UVXf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
- * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF.
+#$d_srandom_r HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO $srandom_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ * is available to strerror re-entrantly.
*/
-/* NVef:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %e-ish floating point format.
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-/* NVff:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %f-ish floating point format.
+#$d_strerror_r HAS_STRERROR_R /**/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO $strerror_r_proto /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRTOD_L:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod_l routine is
+ * available to convert strings to long doubles.
*/
-/* NVgf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %g-ish floating point format.
+#$d_strtod_l HAS_STRTOD_L /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRTOLD_L:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold_l routine is
+ * available to convert strings to long doubles.
*/
-#define IVdf $ivdformat /**/
-#define UVuf $uvuformat /**/
-#define UVof $uvoformat /**/
-#define UVxf $uvxformat /**/
-#define UVXf $uvXUformat /**/
-#define NVef $nveformat /**/
-#define NVff $nvfformat /**/
-#define NVgf $nvgformat /**/
+#$d_strtold_l HAS_STRTOLD_L /**/
-/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
- * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
- * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
- * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
- * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
- * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS $selectminbits /**/
+#$d_tmpnam_r HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO $tmpnam_r_proto /**/
-/* ST_INO_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ * is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
*/
-/* ST_INO_SIGN:
- * This symbol holds the signedness of struct stat's st_ino.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ * is defined.
*/
-#define ST_INO_SIGN $st_ino_sign /* st_ino sign */
-#define ST_INO_SIZE $st_ino_size /* st_ino size */
+#$d_ttyname_r HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO $ttyname_r_proto /**/
-/* STARTPERL:
- * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
- * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
- * some shell.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define STARTPERL "$startperl" /**/
+#$i_machcthr I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/
-/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
- * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
- * holding the stdio streams.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
- * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams.
- * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF.
+#$i_pthread I_PTHREAD /**/
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-#$d_stdio_stream_array HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/
-#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY
-#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY $stdio_stream_array
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+#$use5005threads USE_5005THREADS /**/
+#$useithreads USE_ITHREADS /**/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
#endif
+#$d_oldpthreads OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/
+#$usereentrant USE_REENTRANT_API /**/
-/* GMTIME_MAX:
- * This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that
- * the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
*/
-/* GMTIME_MIN:
- * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
- * the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
*/
-/* LOCALTIME_MAX:
- * This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that
- * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
+#$d_time HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t $timetype /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
*/
-/* LOCALTIME_MIN:
- * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
- * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
+#$d_times HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX $sGMTIME_max /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN $sGMTIME_min /**/
-#define LOCALTIME_MAX $sLOCALTIME_max /**/
-#define LOCALTIME_MIN $sLOCALTIME_min /**/
+#define Fpos_t $fpostype /* File position type */
-/* USE_64_BIT_INT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
- * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
- * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible
- * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl.
- * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory
- * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes.
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
*/
-/* USE_64_BIT_ALL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
- * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
- * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible
- * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will
- * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is
- * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not
- * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or
- * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode.
+#define Gid_t_f $gidformat /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedness of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT
-#$use64bitint USE_64_BIT_INT /**/
-#endif
-#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL
-#$use64bitall USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/
-#endif
+#define Gid_t_sign $gidsign /* GID sign */
-/* USE_CBACKTRACE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built with support for backtrace.
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
*/
-#$usecbacktrace USE_CBACKTRACE /**/
+#define Gid_t_size $gidsize /* GID size */
-/* USE_DTRACE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built with support for DTrace.
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#$usedtrace USE_DTRACE /**/
+#define Gid_t $gidtype /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-/* USE_FAST_STDIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use 'fast stdio'.
- * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later.
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO
-#$usefaststdio USE_FAST_STDIO /**/
-#endif
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t $lseektype /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE $lseeksize /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size $lseeksize /* <offset> size */
-/* USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use sysctl with
- * KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence
- * convert $^X to an absolute path.
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#$usekernprocpathname USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME /**/
+#define Mode_t $modetype /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-/* USE_LARGE_FILES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support
- * should be used when available.
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES
-#$uselargefiles USE_LARGE_FILES /**/
-#endif
+#define Pid_t $pidtype /* PID type */
-/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should
- * be used when available.
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
*/
-#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
-#$uselongdouble USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#endif
+#define Size_t_size $sizesize /**/
-/* USE_MORE_BITS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and
- * long doubles should be used when available.
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS
-#$usemorebits USE_MORE_BITS /**/
-#endif
+#define Size_t $sizetype /* length parameter for string functions */
-/* MULTIPLICITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use multiplicity.
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
*/
-#ifndef MULTIPLICITY
-#$usemultiplicity MULTIPLICITY /**/
-#endif
+#define Uid_t_f $uidformat /**/
-/* USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath
- * and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert
- * $^X to an absolute path.
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedness of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-#$usensgetexecutablepath USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH /**/
+#define Uid_t_sign $uidsign /* UID sign */
-/* USE_PERLIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should
- * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be
- * used in a fully backward compatible manner.
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
*/
-#ifndef USE_PERLIO
-#$useperlio USE_PERLIO /**/
-#endif
+#define Uid_t_size $uidsize /* UID size */
-/* USE_SOCKS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use socks.
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#ifndef USE_SOCKS
-#$usesocks USE_SOCKS /**/
-#endif
+#define Uid_t $uidtype /* UID type */
#endif
!GROK!THIS!
https://perl5.git.perl.org / perl5.git / blobdiff